Search results

(41 - 60 of 73)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1980-1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements...
Show more This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Table of Contents PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID PAGE 44, EXPENSES PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS PAGE 147, FACULTY PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL PAGE 158, INDEX BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR Glossary of Terms This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the Office of Admissions at the College. Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief definitions will be helpful. ACADEMIC.. . . . . . . . .The practices, principles, regulations, and customs which characterize school and college. ... .. .. ... .A subject studied during one semester or an interim such as "Community Development and Organization." In general, four courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for graduation. COURSE.. . ........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n MAJOR . ... . 20 departments. -......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major. MINOR.. . .. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the ELECTIVE student from any college department as his or her interests dictate. FEE .............,.... Charges made by the College for special services such as laboratory equipment or locker rental. .... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays. LOAN . . . See "Financial Aid." SCHOLARSHIP . . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid. SEMESTER.. ... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15 weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks. PREREQUISITE .... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the same or another department. Introduction Few liberal arts colleges combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both. The small college atmosphere enables you to be a participant or a spectator at a variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are regularly available to you on campus, as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic programs. Religious activities are a vital part of the campus. The Religious Life Commission has been established by the Student Government to oversee, stimulate and perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s neither self-serving nor self-sustaining, but rather furthering the ministry of Christ on the Augsburg campus. You, the student, are an individual at Augsburg. You design your own learning experience. While distributional and major requirements act as guidelines, there is latitude to design a portion o f your own education. At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are central. The college follows the calendar known as the "4-1-4." I n the study of the liberal arts, you will encounter ideas and experiences from the whole range of human knowledge. The liberal arts education, however, is more than an education of knowledge from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in your chosen field. You may choose from a variety of majors for hundreds of career possibilities. Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope of resources and activities i s available t o enrich your education, if you choose. You may select an evening at the Guthrie Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at any of the many galleries or coffee houses. You might spend an afternoon touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts. You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n the Twin Cities. There are numerous opportunities for individual and team sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North Stars, and the Kicks. Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an eager student body and a remarkable location. The College Identification Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege affiliated with the American Lutheran Church (ALC). more than loo years A u g s b u r g celebrated its centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second century of Christian higher education. The current study body of about 1600 is largely of Lutheran background though many denominations are represented on campus. About 65% are resident students, while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area. Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several major airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient, Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and Allegheny. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus. (Directions are given in the map section of this catalog.) History Location You and your education will have the option of benefiting from Augsburg's location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art collections are available to you in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center, and many other galleries. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first college students were enrolled i n 1874 and the first college graduation was held in 1879. The Minnesota Orchestra and other area performing organizations afford rich opportunities for the enjoyment of music of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists. The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3 College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year. A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters in the area such as the nationally known Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round, the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera, Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen Dinner Theater. Nature and Objectives Recreational activities abound. You can play tennis at parks near the campus or swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the winter you may join other students on skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around. Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college of the American Lutheran Church. It i s committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and humanities i n the context of the Christian faith. Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g primary objectives: To expose students to a wide variety o f ideas and disciplines, while assisting them to become proficient i n one area or major. Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Washington, D.C. t o h e l p students understand the Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world. The College and i t s faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. to develop students' love o f learning and their faculties o f reason, criticism, curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic excellence. to increase students' understanding o f the urban environment and culture, and to enable them to gain the skills needed to respond creatively to the problems and potentialities o f the modern city. to encourage students to ascertain their interests and abilities, and to aid them i n discovering the occupational opportunities which exist for them. to assist students i n their intellectual, emotional, and spiritual growth; to encourage them to develop attitudes and qualities o f character compatible with the Christian faith. Policies It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander, M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e Director of the Office for Civil Rights, The Campus Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of Lakes." The College currently has 16 major buildings with a number of cottage housing units that are very popular with the students. The Universitv of Minnesota and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Accreditation Augsburg has achieved full accreditation i n the following associations that set standards by which excellence i s judged: North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary) The American Chemical Society Visiting t h e Campus The purpose of the campus visit is t o permit students to learn, first-hand, about t h e College program, facilities, and admissions requirements. A personal interview affords candidates, parents, and the admissions counselor the opportunity t o exchange information vital i n the process of selecting a college and i n making admissions decisions. A campus tour and an interview with an admissions officer are strongly recommended but are not mandatory. with a member of the faculty and to attend classes, Monday through Friday, when school i s in session. Students who wish to arrange for a tour and an interview are asked to write for an appointment or call the admissions office (330-1001). Preferred times for campus visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet School, church, and other groups are welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454. I , I ::- ' I,: DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.) If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. -_-- 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Studio Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Old Music Hall 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/ Skyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp Offices - --.. Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.) Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor) Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor) Augsburgian (College Center ground floor) Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) Bookstore (College Center 1st floor) Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor) College Pastor (College Center 1st floor) Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor) C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor) Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor) Data Processing (Science 32) Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor) Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor) ECHO (College Center ground floor) Financial Services (Science 156) Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor) -> /. A *,>4< 4- .< -?A , 1 +..&-+-- . *., ;. , - . - , -... ,-- - --. -, . , ? . d i ,- -- 8 7. .: -./y- - < -. , - -, - -- - - *. ? , , *,T'-. ,.:. -"----. /~-//~T~cc<F-, - <,/ER .- -- Housing (College Center 1st floor) Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor) Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor) Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Little Theater (Speech Building) News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor) Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Plant Services (Science 156) President's Office (Memorial 1st floor) Printing and Mailing (Science 9) Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor) Publications (Memorial 2nd floor) Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor) Registrar (Science 114) S.O.S. (College Center Office) Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor) Student Government (College Center Office) Student Programs (College Center Office) Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor) Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor) Treasurer's Office (Science 147) The Physical Plant Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located in relation t o each other. Remodelling and construction work to eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will include street level access from 21st Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle. Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of some departments and offices by 1980-81. Following are descriptions of buildings. The Admissions House, located at 628-21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it provides excellent resources for research and study. It contains reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof of Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960. O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for married students. Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973, named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from 1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing for 312 upperclass students. A spacious lounge area as well as conference rooms are located i n this building. Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 students. The building was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building i s that each floor i s considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The Augsburg College Center, completed i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which i s the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and a coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore i s also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this three-story building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building provides space for administrative and faculty offices and houses about 40 students. The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the newest building on the campus. It con- tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, a music library, practice studios, offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat recital hall. The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n 1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s two floors. Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium, was completed i n 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two large skating areas for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. It is used for hockey, recreational skating, and figure skating. The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r dramatic and other speech activities. A theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for completion late i n 1980. Annex Houses, located i n the campus area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members. Academic Life Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped college which aims to provide i t s students with a broad liberal arts education as well as prepare them for a career. A strong academic program in the arts and sciences and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as engineering, medicine, law and t h e Christian ministry is offered. The College prepares students for graduate study in several disciplines. Preparation f o r careers in business, communications, medical technology, music, nursing, occupational therapy, social work, and teaching i s available. Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students through their academic experience to better understand themselves and the world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and abilities. The Student as Learner A great deal has been written during the last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg recognizes its task to provide consistently high quality opportunities for learning along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process. Learning i s not, however, a commodity which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o simply buying so many courses and being exposed to the activities of professors. Learning involves t h e solitary inner struggle of the student who investigates, analyzes and synthesizes the materials and insights offered. When these have become one's own and when the learner moves on to new personal insights, then learning has taken place. Both the school and the student have responsibilities in this process. Neither party can elude its basic task. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty who try to take a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or less. Augsburg faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. They often join students in discussing the political climate, comparing notes on a visiting speaker, or talking over the latest sports victory while having coffee. Library Services Augsburg has a well-equipped library. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library, centrally located next to the Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes including books, periodicals, records and various other media. The Music and Chemistry libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to the Augsburg faculty and students. A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. The AV Center of the Library provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings are available f o r b o t h faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods; film bibliographies and other advice o n materials selection are also available. The 4-1-4 Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two 15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each semester the student generally enrolls in four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject. The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an arena of learning. Creative energies and individual interests determine the course of study. Innovation and experimentation are encouraged i n this change from the general academic schedule. Interest in music may take form i n the study and presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study and participation in activities of a social agency. Newspapers and advertising agencies provide opportunities for those interested in communications. Whether your interests are sedate or spectacular the interim will afford the opportunity t o experience and experiment while learning. General Education Requirements Distribution requirements for graduation are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f courses. A student seeking a liberal arts education would probably choose many of them even if they were not required. In selecting courses t o meet the general distribution requirements, students may select an approved course in the areas of mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list of courses containing an emphasis on urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports. For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration section. Majors Augsburg offers the following majors: American Studies Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communications Economics Economics/Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering English French German Health Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Norwegian Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western Studies, International Relations) Social Work Sociology Spanish Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian Area Studies are available t h r o u g h cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Consult directors of these programs for further information. It i s possible for students t o complete other majors also through ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office of the Registrar. Pre-Professional Training Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and engineering, can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s suggested that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and then the course of study at Augsburg be planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the natural and social sciences, i n the humanities, and in religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future professional study. the United States, t o help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This information may help students in planning their class schedules. Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg Pre-Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course. Students are encouraged to consult with in the freshman the faculty adviserearly year. Requirements have been designed to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering at Augsburg Augsburg offers a dual-degree program of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d Science and the Michigan Technological University. See under Engineering for information on the course requirements in this Three-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law at Augsburg Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. Early consultation with the pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s strongly suggested. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116 (0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~, behavioral sciences and humanities, 5 s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~ mended. students arc encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed t o fulfill the minimum requirements of the Medical School of the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351, 352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the bulletins published by the College of Pharmacy of your choice. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early i n the freshman year. This two-year program has been designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary at Augsburg One may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, e.g., history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, religion. The student planning t o enter seminary should include Religion 111, 221 among the courses selected. A pre-seminary curriculum should include at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization) and one or more courses in the history of philosophy. It should also include Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124; Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111, 112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1 course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art, literature, music, humanities, theater, and upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, and sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder of the distribution requirements. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Programs have been designed tofulfill the minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities. Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See under "Independent Study" for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim program i s new each year, the Interim Director should be consulted regarding planned programs. The Higher Education Consortium. This group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program i s designed t o train specialists to help professional people i n dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR). These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation centers. The response o f students involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming. Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission t o the school of nursing should be made directly to the hospital. Medical Technology. In cooperation with Hennepin County General, Metropolitan Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables qualified students to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg, and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the three hospitals when the student i s accepted by the participating hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by the hospitals. Engineering. Affiliation with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and Michigan, enables a student to receive the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first three years are spent at Augsburg and the last two at the affiliated university. Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home, is available t o students who complete a major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy. Admission to this program requires an application t o be approved by t h e director of the program. Application should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point average i n work completed in the major and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All candidates should, as soon as possible, consult w i t h t h e Director regarding proper sequence of courses. ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer Reserved Officers Training programs for the various armed services of the United States, such programs are available i n the metropolitan area and may be pursued,by Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there i s a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it i s wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations. Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges i n the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made i n the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the lnstitute for American Universities at Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France; The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the University of Hamburg, Germany; the University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition, through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term, and through the Experi- ment in International Living, Augsburg students are offered study programs i n Columbia, Denmark, England, France, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type of study must be approved before departure by the Director of International Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. Credit earned through foreign study may be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives, as elements of the major sequence, or t o satisfy some of the general education requirements. Summer School. Again there i s a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks t o fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the Faculty. Interim. Study abroad during the interim i s planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. New Dimensions Program Honors Program Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r qualified students t o pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser, Honors Director. lnternship Program The lnternship Program is a college-wide program. It provides students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through i t s Continuing Education Pro- The New Dimensions Program i s for adults who have not attended or who have not graduated from college. The program provides admissions counseling, career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure, on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special course to ease the transition to academic life, The transitional course, "The A d u l t Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and family problems arising from the return t o schooll The course enables returning adults t o get to know each other through sharing experiences, problems, hopes and aspirations. For further information, contact the New Dimensions Office at Augsburg. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth. At the present time, there are offerings in Art, Women's Studies, and Church Staff Work. Certification in Art requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department Chairperson. The Women's Studies Certificate may be earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and t h e humanities. Interested students should contact Professor Toni Clark. The Church Staff Worker Certification Program i s designed t o help persons prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a "Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion (9 courses) plus additional specialized courses in departments such as psycholo- gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used in the American Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson. Degrees Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree, Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and Social Work. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are a major aspect of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate for learning and living at Augsburg can add dimension to your education. Religious Life An important part of daily life at Augsburg is religious activity. The Religious Life Commission, chaired by students and composed of students and faculty, sees its major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of faith. Chapel services are held three times a week and are both experimental and traditional in character. The Wednesday evening Eucharist service in the College Center is a valued worship experience for many students. Students, faculty and staff participate voluntarily. Special events are sponsored throughout the year and a number of groups having a religious emphasis meet regularly. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consultation or ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Social and Cultural Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to performing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several student-organized groups such as the Cabaret Singers also perform on and off campus. Several plays are given o n campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Recreation Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. lntercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota lntercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and i s a member of the National Association of lntercollegiate Athletics (NAIA). The College annually competes in ten sports, including football, soccer, cross-country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic Association (MWIAA) and the Association for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women (AIAW). The women annually compete i n volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, tennis, track & field, and softball. Student Services Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Education. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed to act as a sort of road map for you. The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate i n are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many questions you have about college life. Career Planning and Placement. You may be uncertain about where you want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance t o review their interests with a counselor. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity t o register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want t o improve your skills i n such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workships offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Situations occur for all of us where we can handle challenges more effectively discussing things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help you think through how you can handle major or minor problems i n a constructive way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure. Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a college in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and i n planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of International Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as discuss personal concerns with individual students. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live i n Urness Tower. This eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i s to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements i n the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space i s available. All students living on campus are required to pay a $100 advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' account when they move into the residence. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Advising All members of the Augsburg faculty serve as academic advisers. Advisers are assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o establish close working relationships with their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one in the major and one i n the area of education. tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and i s open through the noon hour and i n the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living i n College houses or nearby apartments. Student Government Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check your family health coverage t o determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Student government i s t h e vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide better input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg. Student government i s organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved, contact the President or Vice President i n their offices in the College Center. Food Service Student Rights The Commons, situated on the top floor The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of Student Financial Services You may wish to contact this office for information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also recorded. If you have financial problems, this is a good place to work them out. Health Service of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea- disciplinary action and grade appeal. The judicial Council is elected by student and faculty and serves t o conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the office of the registrar and the place- ment office and t o challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development. Admission t o the College Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions Office and students are accepted on the basis of high school performance, promise of Success i n college as shown by college entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal recommendations. 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of The ~ ~ ~ Process l i ~ for ~~~~h~~~ A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions, and arrange for you to see the campus. ~ 1. From the Admissions Office secure an official application for admission and complete it. t 2. Hand the completed application to your high school counselor, along with the $10.00 application fee, and ask that these be sent with your official high school transcript to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as possible during the senior year. Your high school counselor can tell you when these tests are scheduled in your area. 4. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file is complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by April 1 after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 5. After the deposit has been made, the student must complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 6. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the student during the summer. Transfer Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities on the basis of their academic record. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courseswhere it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions. The grade average for graduation is based on work taken at Augsburg only. Transfer students with the A.A. degree are considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except for two courses in religious studies. Registered Nurse Students seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must-also complete the Department of Nursing entrance tests. The Application Process For Transfer Students 1. From the Admissions Office, secure and complete, an official application for admission. This should be sent to the Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee. 2. Request official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended to be sent directly to: Admissions Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, M N 55454 3. Admissions to the College are made on a "rolling" basis: soon after an application file i s complete, a decision will be made and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested within one month after acceptance has been made and/or financial aid (if applied for) has been awarded. 4. After a deposit has been made, the student will be requested to complete a medical data form, which will be sent by the College. 5. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during the summer. The Application Process For Returning and Special (Non-degree) Students 1. Obtain an application form from the Office of the Registrar. 2. Request that official transcripts from all colleges or universities attended be sent directly to: Registrar's Office Augsburg College 731 21st Ave. South Minneapolis, Minn. 55454 (Returning students need t o have sent only the transcripts of colleges attended since the last enrollment at Augsburg.) 4. Room assignments for those who have requested to live on campus will be made i n the housing office. Foreign Student Admission Citizens of other countries are welcomed at Augsburg College. A foreign student adviser i s available to help them i n the transition to college and t o the United States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial sponsorship i s required. A very limited number of scholarships i s available. Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending Augsburg. I f they have an internationally valid health insurance policy, a copy of the policy is required. For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions. Early Decision An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as their first college choice and who will accept an offer of admission if it is extended. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores and recommendations. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are encouraged t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial A i d Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o other colleges. A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s required by January 1 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission An Early Admission Program is offered for a few high school juniors. To apply for Early Admission, a student must have a high academic record and test scores, recommendation from the high school and the maturity t o cope with a college course after the junior year i n high school. Also, it i s recommended that the student complete the requirements for a high school diploma during the summer or during the first year of college. A student applying for Early Admission can take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or March of the junior year. Project Ahead months of financial assistance under the G.I. Bill. A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army makes provision for an individualized plan of education. A prospective student who qualifies for the program may choose Augsburg as a home school and carry on a pre-planned course of study at other colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time student at Augsburg College within five years from initial registration with the college in Project Ahead. The Army provides up to 75% of the tuition for courses under Project Ahead. After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36 Advanced Placement Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning level. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the study previously completed. Advanced Standing College credit i s granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college level course and who have scored high on the Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credit on the basis of scores received on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) offered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information may be addressed to the Registrar at Augsburg. Financial Aid About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships, grants, loans, campus employment, or a c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s awarded on the basis of financial need and academic record. Application for aid i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg College prefers the FFS, which is required for students applying t o the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service. Upperclass students must also complete the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid. For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, or loans totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg and all other sources. Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program t o which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal programs: Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also available. Applications for financial aid received by April 1 will be considered first. For further information, contact the Office of Student Financial Services at Augsburg. PREPARING A BUDGET Writing down realistic estimates of all expenses and of all potential financial resources i s the best way to do your financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are considered in evaluating your need for financial aid. Your budget should include amounts for tuition and fees and for books and supplies. Tuition and fees for 1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and supplies may be estimated at $225 per year. Room and board i s $1760 per year. Other college-related expenses are those for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine months. Personal maintenance costs vary, but amounts should be budgeted for: Clothing, cleaning Recreation, entertainment Personal spending, cosmetics, incidentals Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses, etc.) After you have written down estimates of your expenses, make a list of all possible sources of income, such as: contributions from parents' earnings; personal and family savings; personal earnings during vacation periods; earnings from part-time jobs during academic year; benefits from Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e., scholarships from state, church, civic and school). Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any union t o which a family member belongs for possible scholarship programs. High school guidance counselors may have information about student aid offered by church, civic, professional, or fraternal organizations i n a given locality. Following you will find a summary of financial aid programs. Information on a deferred payment plan i s available from the Augsburg College Office of Student Financial Services. OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID Basic Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG) For students with proven financial need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year depending on the institutional costs and the student's eligibility. Obtain application from high school guidance office or college financial aid office. Veteran's Administration Benefits/ G.I. Bill Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans may qualify f o r special benefits. Amount is dependent upon eligibility as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n Office in your area. Social Security Benefits For unmarried full-time students if one parent (covered by Social Security) i s retired, deceased or disabled. Amount i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal Social Security Administration Office in your area. Vocational Rehabilitation Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation Office. To apply, contact your local Vocational Rehabilitation Office. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) For members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college or are members of an ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per year. Renewable. American lndian Scholarships American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. lndian grants are supplemental to all other sources of financial aids. For assistance in application, contact the American lndian Programs Counselor. Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota State Student Loan For students carrying at least one-half the normal full-time academic load, the Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full 7% interest. The maximum loan is $2500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate maximum i s $7500. Loan applications are available at the College, at some banks, and from Minnesota State Student Loan Office. PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION COORDINATING BOARD Minnesota State Scholarship Awarded to Minnesota residents o n the basis of scholastic achievement and need. High School seniors who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall not exceed one half of the applicant's demonstrated financial need. for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply. Awarded to Minnesota residents on the basis of evident need. High school seniors and community/junior college transfer students who are Minnesota residents are expected t o apply. Applications for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all Minnesota high school seniors. If you do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school guidance counselor or the college financial aid office. In addition, persons who have not attended a post-secondary institution Return completed application and FFS t o The American College Testing Pro- Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O. Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240. Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code 2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o receive the FFS analysis. NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant. DEADLINE: March 1. FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE COLLEGE Honor Scholarships For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school class with above average aptitude test scores. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Academic Grants For entering freshman students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. Up t o full tuition per year. Available for a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0 cumulative grade-point average and continued financial need. Federal Supplementary Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise attend college, and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched by other financial assistance such as loans, scholarships, employment. National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. Averages approximately $1000 per year. Can be reapplied for each year although renewal i s not guaranteed. College Work Study Program For students with proven financial need and who carry at least one-half the normal academic load. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. Augsburg Opportunity Grant For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior College entering Augsburg for further full-time study and with proven financial need. Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable for a second year. How to Apply 1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the financial aid application. 2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement (FFS) from high school counselor or Augsburg College Financial Aid Office* 3. Complete and return the FFS to: American College Testing Program Financial Aid Operations P.O. Box 1000 lowa City, lowa 52240 Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code number i s 2080. Financial statements received by April 1 will be considered first. *Although Augsburg prefers the FFS, the College will accept the Financial Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code number i s 6014. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr, next year). Descriptions of awards are copied verbatim from statements of the donors' wishes. GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. 2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/senior students as recommended by the committee. 3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l Scholarship -established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o needy and deserving upperclass students. 4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving junior/ senior students. 5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student of the College selected by the scholarship committee. 6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those in music and/or elementary education. 7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the scholarship committee. 8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students. 9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a deserving senior. 10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded to a senior. 11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. 12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and deserving upperclassmen. 13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship - distributed annually t o needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian service. 14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the basis of scholarship, personality, and need. Winners must be junior or senior students who are residents of the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by the scholarship committee. FFS must be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code 6577) 15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and deserving junior or senior student. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee 1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. 2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, who have physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need. MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. 2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black student. 3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d Memorial Scholarship - Awarded periodically t o a Black American student. 4. National Scholarship & Grant Program for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by the American Lutheran Church (ALC). Awarded annually to membersof racial and ethnic minorities. 5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental students. 6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty, administration. staff and students at the Homecoming auction. RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS Winners selected by Student Personnel Committee: 1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. 2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. 3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest i n Christian service. 4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Depart- ment of the American Lutheran Church. 5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. 6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o an able and deserving juniorhenior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected by donor. 7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion t o the Christian faith. DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS ART - winners selected by Art faculty. Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of Norway to be awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. ATHLETIC - winners recommended by Physical Education faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. 4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. 5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player on basis of financial need. 6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of financial need. 7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. 8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character". The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference for basketball. 1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the Biology Department faculty. 2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Biology Scholarships - established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. BUSINESS - Winners recommended by the Business Administration faculty to the Student Personnel Committee. 1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. 2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o one or more upperclass students who are interested i n business and/or education. CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the Chemistry faculty. Awarded t o students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of Chemistry. ENGLISH - Winners selected by English faculty. 1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan t o teach English as a career. 2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English. HISTORY faculty. - Winners selected by History The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring i n history with preference given t o those who plan a career in the field. 1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem- istry Scholarship. 2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. 4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship. 5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. 7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. EDUCATION - Winners selected by Education faculty. The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded t o qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by Library staff. 1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or more outstanding student(s) choosing librarianship as a career. MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the Student Personnel Committee. 1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. 2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty. 1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually t o juniorhenior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given t o those who plan t o teach language as a career. 2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, t o help with travel expenses. A special application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. MUSIC faculty. - 5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass students seeking t o acquire musical and performance skills i n instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. 6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award i s "made t o students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student studying choral music. Winners selected by Music 1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conduaing and who show promise of overall academic success. 2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. 3- The solberg SchO1arshi~ - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a maior/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement i n the art of singing. NURSING -winners faculty. selected by Nursing Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial -awardedtoagraduateof the Abbott Northwestern School of Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division Nursing Program at Augsburg. PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics faculty, The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually to an upperc~ass stu- dent majoring in SOCIOLOGY 4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian Sociology. Expenses Costs listed here are for the 1980-81 academic year, and are subject to change without notice. T U I T I O N - $3,660 This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not on a prior year guarantee plan) entering the academic year beginning September, 1980. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms for a total of seven courses in the year. Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student must register for the semester periods. If the student elects to omit an interim or to graduate in December, a refund is not authorized. A part-time rate of $510 per course is charged the student taking less than three courses i n a semester or registering for an interim course only. Full-time students may audit a course without charge. For part-time students, the charge for auditing is one half the part-time rate per course. Part-time students who take Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Students enrolled in the music therapy program will arrange their internship with Music Department faculty. The charge for this one-course credit is $510. Fee for change in registration after the first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day. SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE Cinema Arts, $35 Computer Science, $30 per course Student Teaching, $35 Film Making, $90 Life Drawing, $20 Stagecraft, $30 Psychology of Music, $10 Nursing Admission Test, $20 Study Abroad - See Study Abroad Adviser. Music lessons i n addition to tuition are $140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00 per lesson during Interim. Class piano lessons, $70 per term Practice Studio rental for each semester for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an interim). Band - Orchestra instrument rental $30.00 a semester. An application fee of $10.00 i s required from all new students. Nursing students are required to have a name pin, available at cost through the Department of Nursing. A registration fee for students studying abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00. OTHER COSTS Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals must register at Augsburg. The charge is $510.00. Transcript fee: first copy free; additional copy, $1.00. Locker rental for commuter students: $5.00 Arrangements for special examinations are made in the Registrar's Office with charges according t o the schedule on file. Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore o n a cash or charge account basis. BOARD A N D R O O M Full Board and Room - $1,760. Other plans are available as defined in the Room and Board Contract Booklet at the Office of Auxiliary Services. I n the event of excessive increases i n the cost of operation, these board rates may be increased at any time before or during the contract year. Linen service i s available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r . charge. New 'OnApplied to the tracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring term by notifying the Office of student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notifica. . tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior to (Fall semester) or (Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 advance payment as a . . service charge. If the new contract is cancelled after July or January the entire amount will be forfeited. BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing education program at Augsburg. 1979-80 COST SUMMARY Settlement of Account Application Fee - $10.00 A statement of estimated charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded t o the student early i n August. Payment of the first half-year billing period i s due August 20, and the second half-year isdue January 20. Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the Office of Student Financial Services prior to August Tuition - $3,660 Board and Room - $1,760 Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00 (Refunded o n termination o f studies at Augsburg) Deposits T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students, $50.00 (not refundable). Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by April 15, 1979. (Payment is due February 1 under Early Decision Program). The deposit is applied to the tuition charge. No student is permitted to register if hisor her account for a preceding term has not been paid in full. A student cancelling part or all of his/her registration and/or being released from his/her housing contract will be refunded charges for tuition and room except for the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto cover administrative costs according to the following schedule: 100% through the first five daysof classes. 90% from the sixth day through the tenth day of classes. 80% from the eleventh day through the fifteenth day of classes. 70% from the sixteenth day through the twentieth day of classes. 60% from the twenty-first day through the twenty-fifth day of classes. 50% from the twenty-sixth day through the middle of the term. No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Should a student be forced to cancel his/ her registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued matriculation, the charges will be reduced by one-half. In all cases board refunds a r e made on a proportionate basis. All refunds of charges will beapplied back to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the student's account before eligibility for a cash refund shall be determined. Academic Administration Students who enroll at Augsburg College are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers who are readily availablefor consultat;on and guidance. A well-planned program of liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in the humanities, the natural sciences, and the social sciences. Augsburg graduates are expected t o be able to write effectively; they are also expected to be knowledgeable about urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. The general recreational activities courses at Augsburg are designed to acquaint students with and t o equip students for lifetime sports. Courses in religion are intended to assist students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. Students who enter the nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor of Science degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for information on the specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may select the program for either the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Divisional Organization The college curriculum is organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairperson for each division is elected for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in the course listing section. NATURAL SCIENCE A N D MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Earl R. Alton Department Department Department Department Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics of of of of SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel Department of Business Administration, Business Education, and Economics Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology PROFESSIONAL STUDIES Chairperson: Marie 0. NcNeff Department of Education: Elementary Education, Geography, Library Science, Secondary .Education Department of Physical Education and Health Education Department of Music Department of Nursing Department of Social Work HUMANITIES Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe Department of Art Department of English D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages: Chinese, French, German, Greek, Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Department of Philosophy Department of Religion Department of speech, Communication and Theater Arts Minimum Graduation Requirements Include the Following: 1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must be upper division (numbered in the 300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Arts degree and 17 for these degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science i n Music Therapy, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. No more than these maximums may be the 35 'Ourses required: CHR courses independent study or directed study or a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in the major except Elementary Education and one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson). Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish t o earn a B.S. degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for a second bachelor's degree. For transfer students, the maximum in the areas listed in the paragraph above is an average of two courses per year of attendance at Augsburg. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under departmental headings. 3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major (except for Elementary Education and Nursing, where 2.5 averages are required). 4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College. 5. Three interim courses. For transfer students, the number o f i n t e r i m courses is one less than the number of years at Augsburg. 6. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. 7. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are availableinthe Registrar's Office. 8. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 9. Satisfactory completion of distribution requirements as follows: A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer and fall orientation periods. B. An approved course from each of the following seven areas (onecourse may fulfill the requirement in one area only): courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and receive permission t o register for more than 4.5 courses. Mathematics - Physics Chemistry - Biology Psychology -.Sociology Economics - Political Science History - Philosophy English -Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Art - Music Although a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, it i s advantageous to register at the regularly scheduled time. A fee is charged for late registration. A fee i s also charged for changing registration, i.e., cancelling or adding courses after the first five days of the semester. C. Students without prior study of a foreign language will complete two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language. Students who test above 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Students are urged n o t t o abandon courses for which they are registered. Abandoned courses result i n a failing grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel From College form i s returned to the Office of the Registrar. D. Three approved courses in religious studies of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg. E. A course related t o urban concerns. Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term. F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency i n two lifetime sports. Registration A student must be registered for a course i n order t o receive credit for it. A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim. Students registered for three or more Students who have completed at least 7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as seniors. Probation and Dismissal A student may be placed on scholastic probation at the end of a term if his or her achievement i s unsatisfactory. below 1.6 or 2 zero grades having taken 6 or fewer courses SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero grades having taken 7-15 courses JUNIOR, below 1.9 having taken 16-24 courses SENIOR, below 2.0 having taken 25 or more courses FRESHMAN, If a student has been on probation two or more semesters consecutively, he/she i s subject to dismissal at the end of the following spring term. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the spring term. Dismissal from the College will not be automatic. Each case will be reviewed by t h e Committee o n Admissions and Student Standing. A student who has been o n probation for two terms and withdraws from the Cod lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0 to 0 with definitions as follows: 4.0 Achieves highest standards o f excellence. 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards. 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course. 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. .5 0. Unacceptable performance ( n o credit for the course). Most courses are also offered on a Pass/ N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N grading system the grade is recorded but not computed in the grade point average. A student may count a maximum of eight courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof two courses per year. Two courses in the major (except Elementary Education) and one in the minor may be on P/N grading system if approved by the department chairperson. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditional system. English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select the traditional grading system i n most other courses. Students are cautioned t o use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish to take on the P/N grading system. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according t o dates published each term. A fee i s charged after the first five days of classes. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the caseof extreme emergency. To receive an I grade, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the reasons for requesting it, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor of the course. If permission to receive an I grade is granted, it must be removed during the following semester. If the incomplete is not removed during the following semester, it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course that i s t o be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, 1, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should confer with the professor within t w o weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the student's transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed witti a grade of W (withdrawn). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students i s listed under Expenses. Dean's List The Dean's List i s composed of students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of three full courses (or equivalent) graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes i n courses offered for credit. The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a letter of commendation from the Dean of the College. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summacumlaude Magnacumlaude Cum laude 3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e average 3.6 - 3.79 grade average 3.3 - 3.59 grade average To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent Study An opportunity for independent study i s offered through many departments. This i s available to conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out work on an independent basis. Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term suggests, this requires considerably more faculty direction than for independent study, and a student i s not expected t o have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered on a lower division level. Students interested in registering for either independent study or directed study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A student who registers for independent study should normally expect to complete it i n one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course i n order t o receive the final grade. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. In the Five College Cooperative Program, students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n which the independent study is proposed is not available on their home campus. Requests for exceptions t o this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. The student will be charged for any special costs attached t o independent study by the host campus. Veterans Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar regarding completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information t o the Veterans Administration. Students registered for three or more courses are classified as full-time students. It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a minimum of three courses per term. An incomplete grade (I) may be given only i n t h e case of extreme emergency. See section o n Grading. Grade reports are issued t o students following each term. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran'; academic load for the term below three courses will be reported t o the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. General Information Credit by Examination Students who are interested i n earning credit by examinations should consult with department chairpersons or with the Registrar. Credit may be earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations. Classification Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts. Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts. Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts. .. .. To be considered full time for the year, a student must register for at least three courses each of the two semesters and one course during the interim (for a total of seven courses). To be considered full time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses. Courses A full course i s offered for one course credit. A few fractional courses (one-half course credit) are offered i n the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximatevalue of 4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s required for graduation. Most courses meet for three sixty-minute periods or two ninety-minute periods a week in addition t o laboratories. Each semester is approximately 15 weeks in length. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes in course offerings. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. students shouid consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses; those numbered 300and above are classified as upper division. I n general, courses numbered i n the 100's are primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for seniors. In some departments course numbers also designate areas within the deDartment symbol #Consent of instructor T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................ Summer Session,1979 ........................................... Summary o f Graduates Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................ Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979). ..................... 1,712 408 7,290 337 Course Descriptions The descriptions of courses listed in the following pages are to be understood as general characterizations of topics t o be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirements f o r individual courses, please consult the respective instructors bf the courses. Consult Schedule of Classes for precise offerings each term. Courses and terms listed are subject t o change. The symbol # indicates "by consent of instructor". See preceding pages for information on numbering and credit value. American Studies Director: Grier Nicholl MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495 and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S. History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5 courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each of the others).* History of the United States American Studies, 231, 260 History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495 (American Emphasis) Religion 353, 363 Humanities i n the United States American Studies 232, 265 Art 102, 389 English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351, 490 and497 ( A ~ ~ ~ ; Philosophy 344 Social Sciences i n the United States Economics 120, 122, 723, 251 Education 478# Political Science 127,122,170,325,326, 370, 371, 427 Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383 Social Work 361, 463 *American area oriented courses taken during the Interim, Summer School and at other colleges should be approved by the director for inclusion i n the major. TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director. M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495 plus 2 courses in each of the above groupings under MAJOR. 231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery~ evangelicalism. Course content subject t o ~ ~ ~ change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement. (Fall) 232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES Focuses on a significant period of the black experience in urban America, e.g. Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II, with emphasis upon the contributions of literature, art and music of the period. Course content subject t o change from year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand) 260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN INDIANS The situation of Indians in the United States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. (Spring) phenomenon in American life. Includes a study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the integration of primary source materials. Occasional use of Twin Cities resource persons and the co-learning model when appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen and sophomores. (Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP A field project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE 495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. (Fall) 295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES Focuses on a significant problem or For description, see course 295. Open t o juniors and seniors who will do a different level of work (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY A research project of an interdisciplinary nature in area of student's choice. Consult with director to determine conditions of contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only. Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring) Art Chairperson: Philip Thompson STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses including 107, and 3 art history courses. TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art major but 250 required and 132 recommended. STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses including 107, and 1 art history course. Two required from 118,221,223,225,250; one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389. ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history including 386, 3 8 7 ~388. 100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS 225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience i n t h e environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980) The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. (Fall, Spring) STUDIO ART 107 DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. (Fall, Spring) 118 PAINTING I I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring) 242 FILM M A K I N G Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 250 CERAMICS I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. (Fall, Spring) 330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1 132 PHOTOGRAPHY The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention t o black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring) 150 JEWELRY 351 CERAMICS I1 An introduction t o the making of jewelry i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver. (Spring) Advanced work i n ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250. Fall, Spring) 221 SCULPTURE I 355 PAINTING II An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring) Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778. Fall, Spring) 223 PRINT M A K I N G I 360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING Principles and methods of print making i n a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring) Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks of water-color painting with emphasis o n the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing and transparent water-color. (Prereq.: 107. Offered alternate years). 368 PRINT M A K I N G I1 Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving. (Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult chairman or internship director t o determine project. 478 SCULPTURE 11 Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. (Fall, Spring) ART HISTORY proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture i n Europe. (Offered 7 982-83) 240 ART HISTORY SURVEY A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. (Offered 7 980-87) 387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century. (Offered 7987-82) 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS 388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times. (7 982-83) European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the present. (Offered 7987-82) 385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART 389 AMERICAN ART The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered 7980-87) 386 MEDIEVAL ART A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements.(7980-87) Early Christian through late Gothic and Biology Chairperson: Neal Thorpe MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of the following three groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473, 474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122 also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses, cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least course from each of the following groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355, inone five 474 (Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473 (Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352) also required. Students who plan to teach in secondary schools often select this major. Licensure for teaching after July, 1979, also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill, ll2and three upper division courses. Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required. PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The same as Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry). H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall; active participation in seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application f o r t h e honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in .the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structureand function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair; other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies towards the Natural Science requirement. 111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring) 323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N PHYSIOLOGY A laboratory-based course i n which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall, 7980. Offered alternate years.) 361 PLANT BIOLOGY A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall) 367 BIOCHEMISTRY An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate years). 353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate years) 471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367 or #. Spring) 473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 355 GENETICS The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring) A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772; Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or #. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.) 474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 481 ECOLOGY A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring) A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 491 SEMINAR Oral presentations and written papers relating t o recent biological literature and research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n biology) 476 MICROBIOLOGY An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772, and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer) Business Administration and Economics BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262, 373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373; Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended. M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, ., J 0 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is strongly recommended. Majors in Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered in the department in addition to those listed above. NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems. In addition to the courses listed below, these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications. MINOR: 6 courses, including Business Administration 101, 102, and one of 261, 373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and business-law courses offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 12 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a department advisor as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall, Interim, Spring) 131 BUSINESS LAW Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring) 135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand) 145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (On Demand) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees) 261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) 262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I search methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) 340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745 or consent of instructor. O n Demand) 373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: THEORY A N D CASES Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall) An introduction t o quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall) 263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1 381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring) 330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D ANALYSIS The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring. Offered alternate years.) Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; re- 382 TAX ACCOUNTING 399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report o n his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only). viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 483 AUDITING Concepts and principals related t o the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.) 295,495 TOPICS Lecturer, discussions, meetings with 478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the members of the staff or visiting faculry regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ". FaSI, Interim, Spring] 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed t o afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) NOTE: In addition to the courses listed below these topics are offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory. MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and one other upper division economics course. ECONOMICS MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics courses (including 122,123,251,258,454); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division);Business Administration 101, 102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The student i s strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. - COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251, 258); 6 Business Administration courses (including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, i n order to carefully plan their program of study. 120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate discussion of t h e above-mentioned topics. NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) An introduction t o macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory t o current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MICRO) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term in order for the student t o progress more rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring) 250 DATA PROCESSING An introduction t o COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor in economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee). 251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring) 258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and h i g h school algebra o r equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS See under Department o f Business Administration. 391 PUBLIC FINANCE Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122, 123. Fall) 392 MONEY A N D BANKING Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M 454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not t o the major. This program w i l l afford t h e student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. I n addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be taken i n Interim only) Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring, alternate years) 442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or #. O n Demand) 445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices i n forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems o f relevance t o management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or equivalent o r consent o f instructor. Spring, O n Demand) 479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS Provides the opportunity t o become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o lab fee. Spring, O n Demand) 295, 495 TOPICS Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring). 453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools t o the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent o f instructor. O n Demand) The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity t o analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring) Chemistry Chairperson: Earl Alton GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar. Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125 also required. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year. A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including 115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350. Chemistry seminar participation; Mathematics 224; and Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester also required. M I N O R : 5 courses which must include 115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361 are recommended; biochemistry may be substituted for 361. TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353, 361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their college career. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352. Concerning prerequisites: Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s necessary. These requirements must also be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second term. 103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Does not apply toward the major. (Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115, 176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3 years or # . Fall 105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY Designed for non-chemistry majors and those in allied health science programs whose professional goals do not require either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic chemistry most relevant to a survey of biochemistry is studied, followed by the structures and metabolic reactions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem. 103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or 115, Spring) 351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material i s correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring) 361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 367, Fall; 362, Spring) 464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY Organized around t h e problems o f identifying organic compounds in the l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge of German. Spring) 481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall) 482 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project i n the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (Junior Standing) East Asian Studies Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This program enables students t o obtain a broad exposure to Japan and China as important world cultures. Componentsof the program include language, history, cultural specialization, comparative studies, and seminar work or independent studies. Requirements for the major consist of a minimum of ten courses, distributed as follows: 4 courses in Japanese or 4 courses in Chinese 2 introductory history courses 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies 2 seminars or independent studies Each student's major program must be submitted to the coordinator for approval. Economics Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella 74 See under Business Administration and Economics. Education Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas: American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, History, Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater Arts. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. The courses, Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, are open t o all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students who are transferring from an education program at another college must be re-admissable to that program. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o include 255, 351, and two professional semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2), 373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and electives. 2. Health Education 114 and 115. 3. Library Science 341 (%), 358 4. An academic minor. An academic major i s recommended. 5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. 6. Fulfill State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations. Requirements for Kindergarten License are the same as those for elementary education plus Education 375 and 483. Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a traditional grading system only. EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for Elementary Education plus the following courses: Sociology of the Family Soc 231 Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Ed. 325 Contemporary Influences i n Early Childhood Education Ed. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Ed. 484 Student Teaching (160 hours) Coordinator: Marie McNeff Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education: For an Early Childhood License with other than an education major, consult with the Early Childhood Education Coordinator. 255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY) 371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art, Music ('/z course) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above. Fall, Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION 372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Science, Mathematics (Y2 course) Focus i s upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life in relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) First Professional Semester (for juniors): Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374. 373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys. Ed., Health ('/z course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Social Studies, Language Arts (Yi course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring) 361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY 375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F KINDERGARTEN The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required f o r Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. o f Ed. Summer I) 382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH LEARNING PROBLEMS Electives 483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring) 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY (See Secondary Education) (See Secondary Education) 399 INTERNSHIP 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The student may select Opportunity for advanced and special- A learning'Ontract m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty approval. ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. a situations for professional work experi- 425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates o n details essential t o the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) SECONDARY EDUCATION (TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM) Second Professional Semester: Student Teaching and Electives Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor meeting requirements i n a teaching major and licensure are available through the Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.) 481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) It is the responsibility of each student t o meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure. This consultation i s recommended in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Requirements of the Augsburg College Licensure Program for Secondary Education: 1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu- 2. 3. 4. 5. cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation course. Application forms are available in the Education Department office. Before applying for admission students should receive approval from the department or division of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if heor she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least a 2.5 average in the major. Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching. Completion of the State Department of Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program meets this requirement.) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265, 359, 388, 478; the required course(s) in special methods i n t h e area of t h e student's major, and two or three courses in Student Teaching. Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for teaching i n Secondary Schools (Through the Augsburg College Education Department Program) GENERAL INFORMATION: 1. For Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: Persons with teaching majors in Art, Music and Physical Education receive a special license which allows them t o teach i n their area i n all grades from Kindergarten through twelve (K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans t o teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the art major will register for Educ. 361 and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365; and the music major for Educ. 373. 2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School and Society in a one full-time term in professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term as part of the professional work. A student taking two courses in student teaching may elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the activities of the professional term. 1. B.A. or B.S. degree 2. College major i n a teaching area 3. Fulfull State Department of Education EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets requirement) 4. Health Educ. 114 and 115 5. Successful completion of Augsburg Education Department Licensure Program courses. 265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for inschool work. Open t o all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall, Spring) 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse) (See Library Science) 351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING READING (See Elementary Education) 359 CREATING LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY (lh course) The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265) With the general methodology course, one or more of the following education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department in the major field. Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course) 374 Natural Science Methods % course (Spring) 375 Social Studies Methods % course (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods % course (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods % course (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410, Adm. and Superv. of School Health Program) 1 course 382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H LEARNING PROBLEMS This course will examine characteristicsof different kinds of learning problems found i n regular classroom environment. The primary focus of the course will be on teaching strategies, but attention also will be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students. (Fa 11) Methods and materials in teaching special areas 388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course 360 American Studies Methods '/Z course (Spring) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior high school) 1 course (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior high school) '/Z course (Fall) 364 English Methods % course (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) 1 course (Fall) 366 Foreign Language Methods (Consult with Language Department) ?hcourse 373 Music Methods (K-12) 1 course (Spring) Emphasis o n the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups i n Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (Fall, Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP The student may select from a variety of situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY The emphasis in this course i s on the school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing. Fall, Spring) 481, 482,483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum o f two courses, except three courses required o f Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. LIBRARY SCIENCE M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475. mensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration on guidance in use of print and non-print materials (Fall, Spring) 359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE LIBRARY Study of basic information sources most frequently used by students and librarians. Includes preparation of bibliographies and library instruction. (Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION A N D GUIDANCE 245 THE MEDIA CENTER: ORGANIZATION A N D ADMINISTRATION Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course) Psychological and philosophical d i - Independent study and research o n some topic of interest i n the field of school library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson: Adviser Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technological University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a Three-Two Plan of studies which will enable a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by a designated representative of Augsburg College. Students receiving financial aid who are participants in the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum course requirements for admission t o the Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224, 226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission t o the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged. English Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard Sargent MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including one course i n American literature, one course i n the Western literary tradition (271 or 272) and three courses in British literature. Of the British literature courses, one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one must survey a number of writers (for example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must take 225, Advanced Expository Writing. Majors are encouraged to take, early in their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly urged t o consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the English department: MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING: English: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e recommended. Speech: (1) a course in public speaking: Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction. Library Science: 475, The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance. In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education majors will be required to gain practical experience in the teaching of writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students interested i n a teaching major are encouraged t o take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planningtheir courses of study with the department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o department chairperson early i n senior year; defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including one course in British literature, and one writing course. Teaching minors must include both 225 and a course in the English language. The English Department recommends but does not require that English majors consider developing an area of emphasis broader than the major as listed above. The most likely areas would be a British concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec- tion of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies t o the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the English department. BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416; English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423, 438 and sometimes 490, 491. AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222; American Studies 232; English 241, 250, 351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e courses listed under the American Studies major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e offerings of several departments at Augsburg. W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361; Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German 244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490, 491. WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing, Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect Interim courses i n writing. A student electing a concentration should work closely with his or her adviser. lnterim courses, special courses, and other courses given at the other cooperating colleges will often fit well into a concentration. English 111 i s strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING 226 CREATIVE WRITING A preparatory course for effective writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. (Fall, Spring) The purpose of the course is t o encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing i n narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference. 111 EFFECTIVE WRITING 227 JOURNALISM The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n order t o hold a place i n the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring) An introduction t o newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced t o the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and communitv news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE PROFESSIONS A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals w i l l be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1 or Equivalent) 225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING 241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART ' The development of essays i n a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given t o stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, i n which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring) An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film media. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. See also description under Speech, Communications and Theater Arts. 245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors. (Fall, Spring) Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. 331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE 250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times t o t h e emergence o f literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring) While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given t o the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE 261 M O D E R N FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. (Fall, Spring) A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER T O DANTE A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature,for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N PERIOD Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval t o the modern period, including such authors as 336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M D O N N E T O BLAKE Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE ROMANTICS A N D THE VICTORIANS A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution t o the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention i s given to the dynamics of American society and i t s intricate relationship t o the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. (Fall, Spring) beginnings up t o the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing t o the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form (Alternate years. 1980-81) 367 M O D E R N POETRY 438 SHAKESPEARE Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism. isc cuss ion may include the poetry and aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance, M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82) 368 M O D E R N D R A M A Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater of the Absurd, and Transformationalism. Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81) 399 INTERNSHIP The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL A survey of the development of the novel i n England from its eighteenth century Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR Course 490, a theme or movement; course 491, a major writer or a major work. Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES Open t o junior or senior English majors w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals Students with previous foreign language study should register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows the formula: 1 year of high school foreign language equals 1 course of college foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with the department. Students who register below their level may only d o so for a grade of P/N. ., be: ,c.J/. -- ,;.I - For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division non-Augsburg courses may be accepted. N o fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College is required for graduation. For transfer students intending to major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching majors and minors must consult with the Department of Education for program. Methods courses by language are joint five-college offerings and should be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0 average in Advanced Conversation and composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure. Departmental Honors: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply no later than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Offered in conjunction with the Five College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. / 111 BEGINNING FRENCH Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hour? laboratory work. See above on placehent. (Fall, Spring) 112 BEGINNING FRENCH For those who have had 111or equivalent. Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms i s completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintaice with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. (Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH French MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) come acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Offered o n Demand) 212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Laboratory work. (Spring) 311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression. Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t , grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. 243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major representative works of French literature read i n English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, students be. . -- . , . a . - - % ..... (Fall) * ,,,...... . . * , * . . , 312 FRENCH EXPRESSION A two-pronged approach t o coherent and correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics. French phonology and speech groups practiced to overcome inadequacies and incorrect speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION: HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY Topics in twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f French literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Offered o n demand) 352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work i n French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years) 354 REALITIES: INNER A N D OUTER WORLDS A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry, and the literature of ideas that led t o new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 451 THE FRENCH NOVEL A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1 that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 337. O n demand) 495 FRENCH SEMINAR an Or Study in depth genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n Demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer in Germany strongly recommended. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING COURSES: M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r teachers; European History, a second language, linguistics, English literature. 111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives in simple G ~ insights ~ intoG~~~~~ ~ ~ culture and participation i n short conversations. ~~b~~~~~~~ materialsavailable. (Fa//, spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English. The readings are considered not only i n the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance t o perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply t o a German major or minor. (On Demand) 311 GERMAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Aims at developing facility i n the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common i n colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking i s supplemented with exercises i n written composition. (Fall) 331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. I n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered o n demand) 351 GERMAN LITERATURE T H R O U G H 18TH CENTURY Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussions i n Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or#. O n demand) 352 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 19TH CENTURY 332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered i n view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history o f t h e German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) I n c l u d e s later Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 353 GERMAN LITERATURE: THE 20TH CENTURY Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed : Kaf ka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussibns are designed t o aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED GERMAN COMPOSITION A N D CONVERSATION literature, linquistics, which can apply toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 BEGINNING GREEK Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (771, Fall; 772, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK Review of basic structures of Greek, exand d e v e l o ~ m e n t pansion of Aims at developing and refining the stuof reading skills through selections from use of German as a vehicle for the New Testament and other Hellenistic expressing his own ideas and opinions. writings (early fathers, historians, etc.) Emphasis on written composition includOn parsing and 'yntax ingcontrolof style. Oral practicethrough the Greek text. (Prereq.: 772 0' #. Fall) language, use of German as classroom (Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE 451 GERMAN PROSE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 GERMAN D R A M A Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand) A first course i n the theory and practiceof literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors. Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 272 or #. Offered on demand) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Japanese Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art, Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings. Linguistics 289 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LINGUISTICS An introduction t o linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizational principles and features common t o all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in t o the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed i n language.) Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (Fall) Norwegian MAJOR: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312, 331,350,353,411, and 499 (independent study). Interim or summer in Norway recommended. (Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.) Consult department for details. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus one course under Scandinavian Studies. TEACHING M I N O R : 311, 331, 353, 411 plus required education courses, including special methods. RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING PREPARATION: Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies. writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (117, Fall; 712, Spring) 211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (prereq.: 172 or equivalent.) 311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and t o differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given to O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter i s desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Offered alternate years) 331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE 111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 371 or #. Alternate years) 350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN LITERATURE Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to O l d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention i s given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 217 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Further intensive practice i n spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and t o the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Russian Offered in conjunction with the Five C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See Schedule of class for course offerings, and Russiam Area Studies in this catalog. Spanish MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354. (Study i n Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH Aims t o develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course (711, Fall; 112, Spring) 211,212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH A thorough review of grammar with emphasis on active use of the language, supplemented by readings in culture and literature. (Prereq.: 172 or 2 years of high school Spanish. 271, Fall; 212, Spring) 223 THE C H I C A N O EXPERIENCE Through essays, short stories, and novels written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists, the course will introduce the student t o the world of the Chicano and his dual struggle t o maintain his traditions and culture on the one hand, and t o integrate into American society on the other. (On Demand) 249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N TRANSLATION Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various periods and movements are read i n English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student i s acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Thorough oral and written practice i n correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course isa p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n courses. (Prereq.: 272 or equivalent. Fall) 312 SPANISH EXPRESSION Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speakingskills i n Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings t o stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution t o world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #, Spring 7987, alternate years.) 332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION A N D CULTURE A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilization~to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or 272, with #. Spring 7980, alternate years) 350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n Spanish. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand) 352, 353 SURVEY O F SPANISH LITERATURE I, II A study of representative authors i n Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and de- velopment of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 352, Fall, 1981; 353, Fall, 1982) 354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D COMPOSITION Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 456 SPANISH D R A M A Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the ~ d d e r nPeriod. (Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand) 457 SPANISH NOVEL Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY History Chairperson: Orloue Cisselquist MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; u.S.; and non-Western. M A J O R FOR TEACHING: In addition t o the regular history major a social science major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog. Students wishing to become licensed teachers see "Education Department" in this catalog and consult with Education Department faculty for requirements. HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years a language at the college level (0' i t s equivalent); an honors thesis (equal t o One course credit) to be defmded before a faculty committee. M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Students are required to take at least one survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course. Lower level courses need not be taken i n sequence. There are16upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend u p o n faculty schedules and student registration. 101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE WESTERN CULTURE An analysis of the primary civilizations i n the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. (Fal1,Spring) 102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN CIVILIZATION A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring) 103 THE M O D E R N WORLD A study of the main currents i n western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. (Fall, Spring) 104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN WORLD An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring) 221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts t o reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY An opportunity for a student t o do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY The relationship of foreign policy t o general American development is stressed as is the period of the Cold War. 353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA HISTORY A survey of topics relating t o the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D GREECE T O 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis i s placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E T O 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 370 THE LATE MIDDLE ACES T O 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY A limited number of internships may be available for qualified upper-division students majoring i n history. See department chairperson. 431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY A history of the dynamics of urban growth, the distinctive institutions, and the culture of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire to the 20th century, with focus on specific historic cities as examples. The course is designed for history students, urban study majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel. 440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N WORLD HISTORY This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. ~h~ emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the lastfifty years. 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA 412 ENGLAND I N THE TUDOR A N D STUART PERIODS A study of English history from a 15th century background through 1714. The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis i s also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role i n the world economy and o n the English literary renaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. 416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modern state. Emphasis i s also placed on the emergence of modern science and i t s effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714. Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Attention i s given to overseas emigration. 463 M O D E R N SOUTHEAST ASIA A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments i n this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus o n Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 464 M O D E R N CHINA A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium Warof 1839.Theerosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions o f the 20th century. 465 M O D E R N JAPAN An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power i n the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade i n Asia and Africa. breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Admission by permission of the instructor. (Fall, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n history courses are encouraged t o apply for directed independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study may be applied toward the major. 474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST 114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires i n Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the An introduction t o the basicconceptsand tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns t o be found in our physical and human environment. MATHEMATICS Chairperson: Beverly Durkee MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,215, 224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer Science 245. For teacher licensure, courses 351, 373, 441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for requirements. M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral examination. Program must be submitted t o department during first term of junior year, and must include advanced study i n areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and Mathematics-Education. 104 BASIC MATHEMATICS A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities i n one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not apply toward a major or ,,,inor in mathematics. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. 114 [NTRODUC-lON T O COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, f u n c t i o n s a n d graphs, l i n e a r equations, exponents a n d radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall) 121 FINITE MATHEMATICS Topics of linearity and probability with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Fall) 122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications t o the social and behavioral sciences. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students i n the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725, Spring; 224, Fall) 211 NUMBER THEORY A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA A study of systems of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F MATHEMATICS The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 INTRODUCTION T O MODERN ALGEBRA 131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure of mathematical systems and mathematical models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g further study of mathematics. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Fall) A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275. Fa/ I ) 324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculus for functions of several variables, including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions, improper integrals, differential forms and manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring; 325, Fall) 351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY A study of Euclidean and other geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or 125. Spring, 1982, and alternate years) COMPUTER SCIENCE 145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a non-scientific higher level language, such as COBOL. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee) 373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. 441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1981. Offered alternate years) 481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topics d e f i n e d throu.gh consultation between student and department. 245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC COMPUTER PROGRAMMING An introduction to computer languages and methods.Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from science areas. Does not apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq: Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee) 355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D NUMERICAL METHODS A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulas, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. Credit may be granted toward a mathematics major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall) Medical Technology This major involves the completion of Required science courses: 1) Biology 111, three years of academicwork at Augsburg 112 and two additional upper division College and twelve months of internship (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105, at Hennepin County Medical Center, 106 (or 115,116), 351, 352,353; 3) Physics: Metropolitan Medical Center or North- 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one western Hospital. Specific recommended course in immunology. courses vary t o some extent depending on the hospital with which the students Students transferring to Augsburg Colplan to affiliate. I t i s important to work lege with an Associate of Artsdegreeor i t s closely with the Medical Technology equivalent should expect to spend two adviser. Augsburg College does not guaryears at Augsburg before participating in antee that all students will be accepted by the internship year. The Medical Technothe hospitals for the 12-month internship. logy major is not designed for persons Students must negotiate directly with the w h o already have t h e baccalaureate hospitals involved. - degree from another institution. Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl Director: Carry W. Hesser MAJOR: 15-courses including the following core requirements: Economics 123; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; plus two urban-related non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be i n the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 103, Biology 101, 105). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: Planning, Public Administration, or GeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below). M I N O R : To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following core courses are required forthe Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science 122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an a p p r o v e d Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n c o m m u n i t y , e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hear- ings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. consultation with MUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and/or field research related t o subjects of seminars and/or major academic interests. Other Urban Studies options available through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA): B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN ISSUES Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. 399 INTERNSHIP Students are placed in a variety of public and private agenciesfor work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional) Independent Study i s done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In This program is located at the University of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study. depending on . proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student course work and daily living i n Oslo. An orientation t o current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis is placed o n Norwegian urban development w i t h comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 URBAN PLANNING IN SCANDINAVIA Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH, POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT I N THE LATIN AMERICAN CITY In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits t o various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing w i t h urban problems. C. South American Urban Semester (SA U S) This "semester in the city" program is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty, student .elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects o f seminar and/or major academic interests. 261 SPANISH LANGUAGE Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. D. San Francisco Summer Term An eight-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and in- 362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N LATIN AMERICA - Readings. discussions, and lectures in " , both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n urbanists. -382 dependent study. FIELD EN'ERlENCE 383 FIELD SEMINAR: sAN FRANCISCO 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Music Chairperson: Robert Karlen Students wishing t o major in Music at Augsburg College must make application t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into the programs. Such application should be made by the beginning of the sophomore year. (See Music Department handbook for further details.) CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261; pass a piano proficiency test, perform in music organizations for 3 years, participate i n Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music repertoire tests. MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or 355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of Performance Studies; recital performance. TEACHING M A J O R : 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance Studies; education courses; and recital performance. Consult with Department of Education for requirements i n education. BACHELOR O F M U S I C DEGREE: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,499 and electives; 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last two years, and junior and senior recitals. MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3 years of Performance Studies in'cluding at least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382, 383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362, and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc. 241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective in physical education (232 recommended); elective i n speech (116 recommended). A maximum of 17 courses in Music and Music Therapy may be applied toward the 35 courses required for graduation. Students need t o apply for internshipsites nine months in advance of starting date. Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s limited, students may need to seek outof-state internship placements. This major normally requires four and one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. M I N O R : 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261, 458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organ- izations; piano proficiency; and 2 music r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all Performance Workshops during the year of Performance Studies and 8 campus recitals also required. Those wishing t o minor in music should declare their intent by the end of their sophomore year, or at the completion of Theory 102. H O N O R S MAJOR: Students may qualify for graduation honors i n music if they (1) provide leadership in: the promotion of higher music performance standards within the Department of Music; breadth of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/ or promotion of smaller performing ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for the Honors Program at the beginning of the second term of the junior year. Honors may be achieved by any one of the following ways: (1) two solo recitalsof graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration and either a senior thesis and its defense before a faculty committee of a solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a senior thesis and i t s defense before a faculty committee and a solo recital of graduate quality. Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance Workshop and 14 campus faculty and student recitals is required of sophomore, junior and senior music majors. Music minors must attend 8 faculty and student recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and minors must register for Performance Workshop at no credit. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of majors during either the junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of Performance Studies concentration is required of Bachelors of Music in both their junior and senior years. Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. Confer with department regarding specific requirements. During the junior and senior years, a student who has been certified by the Department of Music as a major for the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music degree, receives required lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost. The total of Performance Studies credits earned under this provision may not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons. TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: A junior or senior student transferring to Augsburg College as a music major must take a placement test in music theory before registration. Application f o r acceptance into a music program should be made at the end of the student's first term at Augsburg, after passing the piano proficiency test. 101,102, 223, 224 THEORY Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented i n parallel, rather than i n sequence. (101,223, Fall. 102,224, Spring) 350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D ARRANGING Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging. (Spring) 354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS 355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major (Fall, Spring) 260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE OF MUSIC The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fa 11) 261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE O F MUSIC Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. 330 VOCAL REPERTOIRE A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present. The study includes such aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Fall) Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall) 440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired i n music theory and history classes t o the study of 20th century music. (Prereq. :224. Spring, alternate years) 457 CONDUCTING Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 CONDUCTING Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 ORCHESTRATION The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. students will give individual lessons to d r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) 382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS OF MUSlC I An objective approach t o musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the socio-psychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS O F M U S l C II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 395 INFLUENCE O F M U S I C O N BEHAVIOR Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring) A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. MUSIC THERAPY 110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C THERAPY A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area, with field trips to various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim) 360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL MUSlC Study of guitar and other non-symphonic instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall) 399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL INTERNSHIP Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This is started after completion of thesenior year and is necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months i n advance. Sites i n Minnesota are limited. 435 MUSlC I N THERAPY The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 495 PRACTICUM IN THERAPY Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. No credit. PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS An informal setting for student performmces, seminars, and guest lecture dem~nstrations. Voice Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear training as needed, interpretation of songs. RECITALS Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion Student recitals afford an opportunity for public performance and acquaint students with all aspects of preparation a quality perforand presentation mance. Instruments: Technique as ertoire~performance. rep- MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The music organizations exist not onlyfor the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes t o PERFORMANCE STUDIES participate in groups affording - opportun. . Vocal and instrumental instruction i s ity for musical expression. The student available t o all students. For statement of must be carrying at least two courses each fees, see under Financial Information. No term. Participation for the full Year is course credit. (Fall, Spring) required. No course credit. Brass Ensemble** Piano Choir* Technique as needed, repertoire, perforChorale** mance, accompanying. Only those lessons Concert Band* in piano taken after the piano proficiency Jazz Ensemble** examination has been passed may be apOrchestra* plied toward the music major or minor. String Ensemble** Woodwind Ensemble** Organ *Membership by audition. Technique as needed, repertoire, per**Membership by audition or consent formance, hymn-playing, accompanying. - o f instructor. Natural Science Chairperson: Earl R. Alton NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching in Secondary Schools. The Minnesota Board o f ~ e a c h i nhas ~ approved the licensure program for science teachers and has authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates for licensure in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Physical Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, grades 7-12 Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-12 Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72 Physics, (minor) grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grade 5-9 PROGRAM COMPONENTS The program of courses i s designed t o provide a broad, basic background i n science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general educa- tion requirements of the college and, i n the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. BROAD BASE COURSES 7 COURSES - Seven courses comprise the set for the broad base background. 1. Earth Science - 1 course Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding the Weather 2. Life Science - 2 courses Biology 111, 112 - General Biology 3. Physical Science - 4 courses Physics 121, 122 - General Physics Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry I n order t o make the program slightly more flexible, it i s recommended that students with emphasis in life science have both courses in earth science and substitute Physics 103 - Physics for Physics 121, 122 - General Physics. LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES 1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry 2. Biology Component - 7 courses Biology 491 - Seminar At least one course from each of the following groups: Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology OR Biology 353 - Comparative Vertebrate Zoology Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology 474 - Developmental Biology Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant -Biology OR Biology 474 - Ecology Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR Biology 473 - Animal Physiology Group v Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR Biology 476 - Microbiology SCIENCE - 7 COURSES Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon comp l e t i o n o f e i t h e r Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis-Physics major. The student licensed in Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics in grades 7-12. 1. Chemistry Major Chemistry 351,352 - OrganicChemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Chemistry 361,362 -Physical Chemistry OR Biology 367 - Biochemistry in place of Chemistry 362 Chemistry 482 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Chemistry 491 - Seminar (no credit) Physics 245 - Modern physics 2. Physics Major Physics 245 - Modern Physics Physics 351 - Mechanics I Physics 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I Physics 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory Three additional Physics courses t o be selected from the following: Physics 261, Electronics; Physics 270, Optical Physics; Physics 352, Mechanics II; Physics 363, Electromagnetic Fields II; Physics 481, Thermal Physics; Physics 486, Quantum Mechanics. BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE Grades 5-9 - 7 courses 1. Earth Science - 2 courses Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics 161 - Understanding t h e Weather (the alternative course not taken i n the BROAD BASE section) 2. Life Sciences - 2 courses Any two biology courses above 112. 3. Physical Science - 3 courses Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Physics 245 - Modern Physics CERTIFICATION W I T H M I N O R Candidates requesting certification bas'ed upon minor preparation in life science shall complete 7 courses in Biology i n addition to the BROAD BASE. Candidates requesting certification based upon minor preparation i n chemistry or physics shall complete the broad basic competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry 351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For Physics, these are any four courses above 122. Nursing Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson Augsburg offers an upper division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as an R.N. i n the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses i n inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior t o admission t o the nursing - major. . I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior t o acceptance t o the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, i.e. within the past five years. This may include I ) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. MAJOR: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325, 350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354 ( I n t e r p e r s o n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ) is highly recommended. The required courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry, and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission t o the major. An upper division science course is required and must be completed during the first year of study in the nursing major. This is to be selected after consultation with a nursing faculty advisor. Courses in the nursing majoraredesigned so that they may be completed within two academic years. However, more than two years may be required to complete the total course of study, depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. 303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I (!h course) This course will present principles of teaching and learning within a process framework of assessment, planning, imp l e m e n t a t i o n a n d evaluation. The students will have an opportunity t o assess their own learning style, write behavioral objectives and develop a teaching plan for a selected client. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into nursing major.) 304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II (1/2 course) 325 NURSING ASSESSMENT I n this course the student will examine elements of assessment and selected assessment tools in the nursing process.The student will expand the use of communication skills for obtaining a health history and negotiating health goals. A developmental framework will be used t o do a holistic assessment of an elderly person. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING RESEARCH Students will assess their own leadership style and examine concepts of management as they relate t o the professional nurse's role. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303.) The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students will critique nursing research and design a research project. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.) 310 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING I 403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill Focuses on systems theory, change theory and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Students will do a health assessment of a client and will explore a community health issue related t o the course content. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance to the nursing major.) This course will examine the diversity of American families. Content includes the structure and the role, rule and communication patterns of families in light of situational and developmental crisis events. The emerging role of the nurse in providing family health care will be explored. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 377, 325, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 423.) 311 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING II 404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING IV This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community values of cultural groups as they relate to health care and the nurse's role in a community health team. Strong clinical component for application of knowledge from Community Health I and [I. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: 303, 370, 325.) This course deals with the integration of communication, leadership theory and the professional nurse role in the context of complex group interactions. (SpringSenior year. Prereq.: 403,430. To be taken prior to or concurrently with Nursing 427.) 423 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I The preceptorship practicum offers the student an opportunity to implement a negotiated learning contract in a selected practice setting. This approach provides opportunities for developing objectives, selecting learning experiences and collaborating with faculty, preceptor(s), client and agencies, in providing complex nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or followi n g Nursing 403.) groups i n a selected practice setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To be taken concurrently with or following Nursing 404.) 430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES IN NURSING A course designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.) 427 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I1 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY This course is designed in the same manner as Nursing 423. It i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from nursing and liberal arts courses. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership theory t o I n depth study of a learner-selected topic or issue. Students must consult with faculty and submit a written study proposal prior t o registration. Philosophy Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241, 242, 343, and 344. 110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY: IDEAS A N D M E T H O D M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses from 241,242, 343, and 344. H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission t o the Philosophy Honors program i s by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the department. Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required t o evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) 120 ETHICS Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring) 130 L O G I C Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. (Fall, Spring). 241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: P L A T 0 A N D ARISTOTLE How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11: MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE PHILOSOPHY The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and enlightenment. H o w dark were t h e Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt t o discover the grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward i n the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual i n the Renaissanceand the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247.) 343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill: ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 19TH CENTURY PHILOSOPHY Where does knowledge begin? I n innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism in men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 247 or 242.) 344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV: C O N T E M P O R A R Y PHILOSOPHY What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in astudy of the m a j o r representatives o f l i n g u i s t i c analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 247, 242, or 343.) 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can be said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE Every day we use language to buy and sell, praise and berate, communicate with friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How does language relate to the world - can we really learn about the nature of things from words? Do the mathematician and the scientist have a language?I s it possible to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore how philosophers have responded to these and other important questions about language. (Suggested prior course, 730 or 344.) 365 PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. I s this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions,students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 730 or one course in natural science.) 370 EXISTENTIALISM Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 MEDICAL ETHICS Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 TOPICS I N PHILOSOPHY Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 247, 242, 343, 344 or #.) 430 STUDIES I N INDIVIDUAL PHILOSOPHERS Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physical Education and Health Education Chairperson: Ernest Anderson PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 475; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354,355; P.E.223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biol. 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W l T H SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474, 491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. Approval for admission to Corrective Therapy major must be secured from the corrective therapy coordinator. PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W I T H SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474, 485, 491; Biol. 103. PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed. 114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114, 115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480, and practicum in coaching (Practicum requires registration for Independent Study 499). Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. 234 O U T D O O R EDUCATION This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared t o spend some weekends participating in these activities. (7/2 course. Spring) 243 HISTORY A N D PRINCIPLES O F PHYSICAL EDUCATION Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment i n Minnesota high schools are required t o have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS Three hours per week.Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. No course credit. (Fall, Spring) History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. (Prereq.: Biology 703; Fall) 351 PHYSIOLOGY O F EXERCISE Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 703. Spring) 231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS 354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL 223 TEAM SPORTS CHILD Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) (See Health Education) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT 232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES A N D RHYTHMS Theory and practice i n teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. (7/2 course. Interim) (See Health Education) 365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 MODERN DANCE An introductory course in modern dance technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form, and design. No previous dance experience necessary. (1/2 course. Interim) 476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall, 1st half of term, odd # years only) 477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL % course 399 INTERNSHIP Consult department chairperson 471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 GYMNASTICS Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (7/2 course. Fall) 474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior P.E. majors and minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test or satisfactory completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming. 1/2 course. Fall) 475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES1/2 course Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring, 1st half of term) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD '/Z course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd # years only) 480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school only) 491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE A study of the treatment of disease and injury. Includes general principles and administration of neuro-muscular re- education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed 354 Summer school only) HEALTH EDUCATION HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114, 495, 496, 497 pROFESSlONAL AFFILIATlON 115, 320, 354, 410; ~ i ~103, l . 108, 111; Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Chem. 103 or 105; 105; 231, Includes actual hospital experience i n 241. four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4)Rehabilitation. Course497 isstudy o f Neurology and Pathology (Prereq. 485, HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING M A 491 and approval o f department.) ]OR: Same as health education major plus H.Ed. 35% and Educ. sequence for teachi n g license. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Directed intensive study i n an area of physical education. O p e n only t o junior or senior majors. HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114, 115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231, 110 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH 354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L CHILD % course Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall) Education of the exceptional child with special reference t o the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring) 114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course Princi~lesand practices of safety education i n school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid course. (Fall, Spring) 115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCAT l O N '/z course An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Fall, Spring) 320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l courses i n the major sequence numbered i n the 700 and 200 series; also #.) 355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/2 course Survev of basic statistical ~roceduresand evaluation of tests in heaith and physical education. (spring) 410 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVIS l O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background,legal bases,school health services, and relationships t o community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience i n classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physics - Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson M A J O R : 9 courses, including 121, 122, 245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses above 122. I n planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124,125, and Physics121,122 the freshman year, and Mathematics 224 and 226 the sophomore year. M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122, and three courses above 122. - - H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the catalog and consult with the Education Department early i n their planning. SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the physics community o n a professional basis. Membership in SPS i s open to all students interested in physics. SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open t o those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and 3.0 overall. 101 ASTRONOMY A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Fall, Spring) 103 FOR LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life sciences. The course i s designed to serve students i n biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors i n physics and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122, Spring) 245 MODERN PHYSICS An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 ELECTRONICS The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing " solid state devices. The study of diodes, transistors and integrated circuits, with applications t o both digital and analog circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122 o r 103 plus Mathematics 122 or 125 and conseni o f instructor. Spring) 270 OPTICAL PHYSICS The emphasis is on physical optics, using t h e complex expression f o r a wave throughout. Interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction to the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122. Fall) A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226. 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based o n Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395 COMPREHENSlvE An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments i n the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent o f instructor. Spring) 481 THERMAL PHYSICS The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq. : 351. Spring) 486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall) 488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental approval. Political Science Chairperson: Norma Noonan M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or 122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5 areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division courses i n 3 out of 5 areas.* H O N O R S MAJOR: The Honors Major i n Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply for the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS 121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D POLITICS The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, executive, and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and current issues in American society. 122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 160 W O R L D POLITICS Introduction t o the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. *The five areas are American Government and Politics, Comparative Politics and Analysis, International Politics, Public Law, and Political Theory and Analysis. (Any course listed i n more than one area may be counted i n only one area toward major or minor requirements.) 325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, i n compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Education adviser. The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 ' course i n Political Science or #) 326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D BEHAVIOR 158 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D PROCESSES The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in th: electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional i n non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term o f election years.) An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N SOCIETY Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS A comparative analysis of the Soviet Union and other communist states i n terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE (See Section V for description) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I1 (Offered alternate years. See Section IV for description). 421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D ANALYSIS 459 TOPICS I N ELITE A N D MASS BEHAVIOR In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. ( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e course i n Political Science or #.) Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS Contemporary issues and problems in international politics in the context of democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign policy. 363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES V. POLlTlCAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D PROCESSES (See Section II for description) 380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 461 TOPICS I N INTERNATIONAL POLITICS Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic t o be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) IV. PUBLIC LAW 170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. A study of influential political philoSophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls, emphasizing t h e values, goals, and assumptions which continue t o inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D PRACTICE A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state i n comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.) 382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST, PRESENT, A N D FUTURE 370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant Supreme Court cases involving the United States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) 371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years.) Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #. Offered alternate years.) 384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS Theory and methods of empirical political analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts, psychological and economic approaches to political study, and a survey of the methods common to empirical social science.(Prereq.:StatisticalAnalysis;Political science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 SEMINAR VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY A N D INTERNSHIPS. Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (prereq.: #,) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY: METROPOLITAN RESOURCES 199 INTERNSHIP Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department t o determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by afccijliy member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 299 DIRECTED STUDY Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Chairperson: Norman Ferguson M A J O R : 10 courses including 105, 264, 265, 381 or 399, and 493, with-a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg. Physics 103 is also required. The major program should include 105 i n the freshman year, 264 and 265 in the freshman or sophomore year, 381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 i n the senior year. The major program i s planned in consultation with an adviser i n the psychology department and it i s approved by the department chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan for the major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior year. Not more than two courses from among 299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required for a major. I t should be noted that this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stu.dent may actually take more such courses. I t i s recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests i n psychology. For example, developing a minor in business administration, biology, or communication i s recommended for many students. M I N O R : 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify for honors i n psychology with a 3.5 grade point average in the major, a 3.0 grade point average overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. 105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An introduction t o the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, i s emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 251 SENSING A N D PERCEIVING An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates t o adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Major topics include: adaptation to novel environments such as outer space, animal & machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 705) 264,265 RESEARCH METHODS: DESIGN, PROCEDURE, A N D ANALYSIS I, II A' two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without c o n t i n u i n g i n Research M e t h o d s II. Majors i n psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 705. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring) 299 DIRECTED STUDY Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory i n respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 7 05) 352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior of the adolescent and adult. Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g understanding of and appreciation for the developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory have for the development of people in the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq. : 357) 359 MEASUREMENT Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 PERSONALITY An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall) 355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR 362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and one course i n biology. Fall) A review of maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Experience in a variety of community service units will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring) 356 ENVIRONMENT A N D BEHAVIOR A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 705. Spring) 357 LEARNING Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705) 371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status and feminist movement views, and physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 705) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 381 PSYCHOLOGY IN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE 490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses) Study of selected areas and topics i n psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior t o registration. (Prereq.: 705 and #). 399 INTERNSHIP 493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Discussion of contemporary societal Issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and m e t h o d s used by psychologists i n studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses. . 485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Principles, methods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) Limited registration by special permission for advanced students i n psychology. Students must present a written plan prior t o registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe Religion 111 or 221 i s prerequisite t o all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. ACADEMIC M A J O R : 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 1 a n d a s e m i n a r especially for majors to be taken i n the junior or senior year. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied t o the major. One course required from those numbered 361-363 and one from those numbered 471-475. C H U R C H STAFF WORKER RELIGION M A J O R : 9 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 362, 399, 481, 354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead t o Augsburg certification. PUBLIC SCHOOL RELIGION MAJOR: The Minnesota Department of Education does not at the present timegrant teacher certification for a religion major or minor. To prepare for teaching about religion in public schools, the student should work closely with the Religion Department t o design a program which includes: a) a major in an academic field which i s certifiable by the state for elementary or secondary teaching, and b) a religion major of 8courses, includinglll,221,355, 356, 360, 363 and 471. H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquim with the department. M I N O R : 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. 354 LlFE O F THE CHURCH I N THE LlFE O F THE CITY The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident in urban structures. 355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION I N THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The history of studying religion in public schools, the problems associated with such efforts, the resources available to the teacher and the actual teaching itself will be examined. The theological, as well as the legal and educational implications will be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087) 111 INTRODUCTION T O THEOLOGY 356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring) 221 BIBLICAL STUDIES The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. (Fall, Spring) An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, inc l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. 358 LlFE A N D WORK O F THE C H U R C H 350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION Congregational life in its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Offered 7987-82) See under Department of Philosophy 360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY 353 DENOMINATIONS A N D SECTS I N AMERICA An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and 361 C H U R C H FATHERS 471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity i n c o n f l i c t w i t h Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e theological thought of the Protestant reformersof the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 RELIGION I N AMERICA A study of the development of religion i n America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o the challenges of its environing culture. 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY Topics and themes related t o church history and Scandinavian immigration t o this country. 380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H (See under Department of Music) 399 INTERNSHIP Limited t o students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship t o the early church, and some of the themes to be found i n his writings. (Offered 1981-82) 473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D TESTAMENT The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Offered 1980-81) 475 JUDAISM A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College i n support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall) 481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N CATHOLIC THEOLOGY structive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed i n the writings of some of i t s representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic definitions of the church. (Fall) 495 SEMINAR Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a con- Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian A r e a Studies Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks t o give the student the broadest possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition to providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching. MAJOR: 11 courses 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 2 courses i n Russian history 1 course i n Marxist theory 1 course in Russian literature 1 course i n Soviet politics 2 other courses of approved electives. M I N O R : 6 courses 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) 1 course i n Russian history 1 course i n Soviet politics 1 course in Marxist theory 1 other course from the approved list of electives Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Director: Mildred l o e l MAJOR: 8 upper division courses. M I N O R : 4 upper division courses. Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign languages. 312 O L D NORSE An introduction t o the structure of O l d West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some attention given t o O l d East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and minors will have special assignments. (Offered Spring, 1981.) 325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C See under Department of Music. 330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis o n conditions and developments i n the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 SCANDINAVIAN EXPERIENCE - AMERICAN The O l d World background and use of "America Fever," adaptation t o the New Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Offered on Demand) 351 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Spring, 7987) 352 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA Readings include dramaticworks by Ibsen, Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate years. Fall, 7980) 364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T CHURCH HISTORY 396 URBAN PLANNING I N SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of Religion. Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies,Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D CULTURE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F SCANDINAVIAN CITIES 450 NINETEENTH CENTURY SCANDINAVIA Offered under Department of History. 495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION EXPERIENCE Offered under Higher Education Consortium for ~ r b a ; Affairs. See M e t r o - - Offered periodically under Department Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies of History 495 Seminar. Term (SUST). 382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS See description under Department of Art. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science Adviser: Orloue N. Cisselquist MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed for those preparing for secondary school teaching i n social studies. The Social Science major i s also recommended for others, such as pre-law students, who desire a broad major in this area. This major may be earned i n any one of four distributions. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and one of the several component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major i s significantly different from the other major. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. A. HISTORY EMPHASIS 1. 7 history courses; 2 American, 2 Anc i e n t - M e d i e v a l - M o d e r n Europe, 2 non-Western, 1 seminar. At least 4 of these must be upper division. 2. 2 political science courses. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business; Psych. 264, Research Methods I; Soc. 362, Statistical Analysis: Soc. 365, Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation. 4. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: anthropology, economics, geography, psychology, sociology. vant topic; Philosophy 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241. 3. 1 social science methodology course from: Bus. or con. 379, psych. 264, SOC. 362 or 365. D. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS EMPHASIS 6. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 1. 4 lower division courses: Econ. 122, 14 courses, at least 5 of them upper diviHist. 103 or 104, Poli. Sci. 158 or 160,4th term of collegework in a modern sion, from economics, history, political foreign language. science, psychology, and sociology (including anthropology). These must in- 2. 3 upper division courses: Hist. 332, clude: Poli. Sci. 363, 461. I.2 or more courses from each of 30f the 3. 7 electives, no more than 5 from any disciplines. one discipline, from: Econ. 251, 258, 2. 5 or more courses from another of the 495, seminar, independent study or disciplines other than history. interim course on a relevant topic; 3. 1 American history course (may be Part Hist. 416,404,463,464,465,474, seminar, of requirement 1). independent study or interim course 4. 1 social science methodology course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. 350, 351, from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Psych. 264, Sot. 380, 381, 382, seminar, independent 362 or365 (may be Part of requirement study or interim course on a relevant 1 or 2). topic; Sociology 241; 4th term of colC. NON-WESTERN STUDIES EMPHASIS lege work in a second modern foreign language. 1. Hist. 103, The Modern World. 2. 12 courses in non-Western studies, Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from with at least 4 disciplines represented, each of five disciplines, selected from the from the following: Econ. 122, 258; f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics, Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, semigeography, history, political science, nar, independent study, or interim psychology, and sociology. The selection course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. of courses must be approved by one of 351, 363, 382, 461; seminar, independthe faculty supervising the social science ent study, or interim course on a relemajor. Social W o r k Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg The core program of Social Work begins i n the junior year, but all students are advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by the faculty, and should seek advisement from faculty as to sequence of requisite courses from other departments. MAJOR: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading t o a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. I O I * ; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*, and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363, 364, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467. Recommended courses are: one CHR, Soc. 111, Econ. 123, Poli.Sci. 121,325,326, Speech 354 and/or 355. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning o f the senior year. SPECIALIZATION: Specializations i n Aging Chemical Dependency, Youth and Crime and Corrections are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. Completion of aspecialization i s noted on the transcript. SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK: State Department of Education required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Ed. 388. 257 PRACTICUM IN THE H U M A N SERVICES With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. .: .. I.. .. -,:. ' - Opportunity t o know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. (Interim) viduals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior. Spring) 340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed t o work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.) 361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE An examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare i n the U.S. and the role of social work i n them. Special emphasis on analysis of the major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state; description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social work, its ethics, values, and historical development. Three class periods per week; guest lectures, research paper. (Prereq.: Junior, o r #. Fall) 363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F SOCIAL W O R K Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with indi- 364 FIELD W O R K I 461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS IN SOCIAL W O R K Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis o n development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and 364, or #. Fa11) 463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D ORGANIZATION Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant t o social protest and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4) knowledge of the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior or #. Fall) 462, 464, FIELD W O R K I1 A N D IV: Ten hours per week in a Social Service agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362; concurrent with 467 and 467; Fall and Spring) 465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D DEVELOPMENT This course will include the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Develapment and implemenration will be viewed first hand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class period per week, readings, analytical paper integrating class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463, and senior or #. Spring) 466 FIELD WORK Ill Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. ('/z course. Interim.) 467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS PROFESSIONAL Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464; Spring) 468 SPECIAL TOPICS Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (#half or full credit. Interim) 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, sympolia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consulattion with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. Sociology Chairperson: G . Nelson MAJOR: 10 courses including 121, 362, 363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship, independent study or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take ad- vantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) H O N O R S MAJOR: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 of the junior year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for "Independent Study" (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be completed. Honors degree i n sociology will be granted to a candidate if he/she successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. 111 H U M A N C O M M U N I T Y A N D THE M O D E R N METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring) 121 PRINCIPLES O F SOCIOLOGY Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; language as a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of US. culture. (Fall, Spring) 300,301,302,303,304 SPECIAL TOPICS I N SOCIOLOGY Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens. Residents and staff of these institutions take the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. 360 RELIGION A N D S O C I E N An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n American society. 362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS 231 SOCIOLOGY O F THE FAMILY An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family t o its institutional and cultural context.(Fall,Spring) The first course in atwo-coursesequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of k n o w l e d g e by way o f a s c i e n t i f i c approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative informa- tion. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take Soc. 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 RESEARCH METHODS The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by. wav. of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after Soc. 362. (Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring) 365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D PROGRAM EVALUATION Consumer overview o f methods o f organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications t o program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. M a j o r attention is focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 721, Fall) 375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play i n understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 721 and Psych. 105. Fall, Spring) 381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN PLANNING The changing city i n history and various cultures; major theoretical perspectives i n urban sociology; the metropolis as an eco-system; metro-urban planning and policy systems; major issues related to shaping the future metropolis. The Twin Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an important learning laboratory. (Prereq.: 777 or 127 or #. Spring) 383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring. P/N grading only) 388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth, status and power in the U.S. and other selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and typeof inequality. Detailed analysis of current issues and policies concerning inequality i n the U.S. (Prereq.: Soc. 721. Spring) 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 721 or #. Fall) - 498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY Student must present written proposal contai'ning rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according t o department guidelines. (Prereq. :721 and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, C o m m u n i c a t i o n and T h e a t e r A r t s Chairperson: Raymond Anderson DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25 in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary education. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241; Sociology 375. The communication major is a flexible interdisciplinary program which allows for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of Admissions. C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses, including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241, and Philosophy 130. C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses. 243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary schools may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communications major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $70. Fall) SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in forensics, and a minor in English. SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 351 or 355,352, 354, 360,476 and participation i n forensics. 342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S IN SOCIETY See under Department of Political Science. 351 Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 PERSUASION Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic problems of effective speaking and critica.1 listening. (Fall, spring) 132 PHOTOGRAPHY See under Department of Art 227 ADVANCED WRITING: JOURNALISM See under Department of English 353 ADVERTISING An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: /r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION A study of the dynamics of human inter2259 230 "ISUAL COMMUNICATlONS action through verbal and non-verbal I, II messages; emphasis on factors that build relatiokhips and help to overcome comSee under Department of Art munication barriers. (Spring) 241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART 355 SMALL GROUP C O M M U N I C A T I O N See under Department of English A study of group dynamics and leadership 242 FILM-MAKING with emtlhasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups See under Department of Art. and organizations. (Spring) 373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Psychology. 399 INTERNSHIP Consult the Department Chairperson for details. 476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction t o principles and methods of speech correction. (Spring, a!ternate years.) 480 SEMINAR I N C O M M U N I C A T I O N Cooperative investigation o f topics i n speech and communication. (Fall) 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N COMMUNICATION Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. (Fall, Spring) THEATER ARTS THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus Beginning Speech. This major should be supported by an English minor or at least by several courses in literature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama o r Scandinavian Drama. Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111, 116, and 228. Course 111 is not part of the major. A. ACTING EMPHASIS: 116,228,232,233, 243, 360, 361, 362, 366, and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n voice and movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. DIRECTING EMPHASIS: 116, 228, 229, 232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses in voice and movement, cinema art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 in stage management, and 1 internship. DESIGN EMPHASIS: 228, 229, 361, 362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 C. in Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in assistant design, 1 i n design, and 1 internship. THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229, 232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. THEATER ARTS M I N O R FOR TEACHING: courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the following: 241,243,476, and participation i n dramatic productions. THEATER ARTS M I N O R : 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366. SPEECH-THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366,476 or a voice and diction course,and participation in two activities (forensics, interpretation, theater broadcasting), and a minor i n English. and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Spring, alternate years) 116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS 360 INTERPRETATIVE READING A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics i n theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice i n reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: its organization,crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Offered alternate years). 229 STAGE DESIGN I lntroduction t o scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken i n freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.) 232 ACTING An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring) 361 THEATER HISTORY Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall, Alternate years.) 362 THEATER CRITICISM A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental, and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productions as focus for discussion. (Fall, alternate years.) 366 STAGE DIRECTION I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper dividion students only. Spring) 233 ADVANCED ACTING 367 STAGE DIRECTION I1 This course explores t h e elements o f characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and In-depth analysis and practice i n directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or exerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or consent o f instructor. Spring.) 429 STAGE DESIGN II 399 INTERNSHIP Consult faculty in area of emphasis. 428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I1 Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Fall) - Advanced design projech based on Stage Design I course material. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Offered alternate years.) 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN D R A M A Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater. (Fall, Spring) Transdisciplinary M a j o r - - - . Students wishing to develop their own major by combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond t o a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the following: a. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; b. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar) c. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. BOARD OF REGENTS+' Charles W. Arnason Senior Vice President and Secretary Minneapolis Star and Tribune Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere Attorney LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson, O'Brien & Drawz Minneapolis, Minnesota Chairman Oscar M. Austad President The Austad Company Sioux Falls, South Dakota James C. Lindell Treasurer West Publishing Company St. Paul, Minnesota Treasurer Chairman, Finance and Management Committee Dr. Paul B. Batalden Program Director, Health Services Research St. Louis Park Medical Center St. Louis Park, Minnesota Arley R. Bjella Chairman of the Board Lutheran Brotherhood Minneapolis, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter Attorney Faegre & Benson Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Crangaard Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge Chairman of the Board Citizens State Bank of St. Louis Park St. Louis Park, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson Minneapolis, Minnesota The Rev. Harris W. Lee Pastor Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman Chairman, Academic and Student Affairs Committee *as of September, 1979 Dr. Harold I. Lunde Executive Vice PresidentAdministration Kobacker Stores, lnc. Columbus, Ohio Dr. Arthur Naftalin Professor, Public Affairs University of Minnesota Minneapolis, Minnesota William A. Nelson, jr. Chairman of the Board Nelson Resource Corp. Secaucus, New Jersey Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, jr. Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates, Limited Minneapolis, Minnesota Secretary Chairman, Development Committee Dr. Carl N. Platou President Fairview Community Hospitals Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo Member of Congress Fifth District-Minnesota Washington, D.C. Bertil Sandberg President, N. H. Sandberg Erection Company St. Paul, Minnesota The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack Professor, Church History Lut.her Theological Seminary St. Paul, Minnesota N. Stanley Stake Group Vice President Honeywell, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Howard E. Olson Mary Lou Williams President Sonford Products Corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla Chairman of the Board and C.E.O. Padilla and Speer, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock Chairman Tennant Company Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College Faculty R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of Wisconsin (French) COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson LYLA M A E ANDERECG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern University BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern University CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College, Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota (Communications), Department Chairperson *SCOTT L. ANDERSON, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1976, Augsburg College B *JAMES BACON, Lecturer in Library Science KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933, University of Latvia *RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D. *MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor i n Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota *ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Percussion) JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University *ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University * D O N A L D F. BIBEAU, Lecturer i n American Studies *JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota VERNON B L O O M , Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W. 1959, University of Minnesota R I C H A R D BORSTAD, Instructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice) *MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet) LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary *ROGER A. BROOKS, Lecturer i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, Michigan State University *LAINE BRYCE, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Bassoon), B.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *DOLORES BURTNESS, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion, M.A. 1979, Luther Seminary *WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor in Economics, M.S. 1976, University of Minnesota CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary Foundation ROSALIE V. CLARK, Instructor, M.S.W. 1978, University of Minnesota T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University of California Barbara -Santa ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the Social Science Research Center) AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts) BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971,Yale University * J O H N COSGROVE, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1965, University of Minnesota *LIV DAHL, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota *C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University *JULIE H. DRIVER-BOLTON, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969, University of Minnesota BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State University, Department Chairperson GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota *EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of Music M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota *ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College *KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State University, Department Chairperson *ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach F SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern University N O R M A N B.L. FERGUSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson LARRY P. FLEMING, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Activities, Ph.D., University of Minnesota HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University *ROBERT A. FORNANDER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.F.A. 1979, University o f Minnesota BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of Minnesota *FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMIXZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1979, University of Minnesota (Spanish) BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin *ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Instructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota STEPHEN M. GABRIELSON, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of Minnesota (Organ) JERRY GERASIMO, Professor o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University o f Minnesota PAUL H. GRAUER, Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota *BRIAN GRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone) *JOHNGRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois University D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D. 1969, University o f Wisconsin ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of Minnesota LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota (Norwegian) THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell College of Law MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska EDWINA 1. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre Dame CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa (Sculpture) JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A. 1947, University of Minnesota DUANE E. JOHNSON, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music (Piano) JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota *LEOLA JOHNSON, Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science, M.A. 1976, University of Kentucky MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French) REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971, Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach A M l N KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson *JOANNE KARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia * D I A N A LEE KENNELLY, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Piano), M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota M A R Y MARIE KINCSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish) BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970, University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach) SUSAN J. KNUST, lnstructor i n Nursing, M.S. 1979, Wright State University * N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University B O Y D N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota *ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of Minnesota *ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of Minnesota ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota *MARY ELLEN LUNDSTEN, lnstructor i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota M J U D I T H MACCANELLI, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.Ed. 1965, University of Minnesota NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of California - Santa Barbara KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University of Michigan M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of Minnesota *MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska *LYNNE E. MEDCALF, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1975, University of Minnesota ROBERTA A. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas (Music Therapy) ERWIN D. MICKELBERC, Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota J O H N R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee *AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia (Stained Glass) JOEL MUCCE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976, University of Minnesota SUSAN K. NASH, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota Head Baseball Coach C O R D O N L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Chicago, Department Chairperson RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of Minnesota *CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson *CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University o f Minnesota, (American Studies) BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University, Department Chairperson *CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano) RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of Wisconsin ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota *JACK OSBERC, Assistant Football Coach *WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota (German) R O N A L D G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of Minnesota PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin *PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University of Illinois - Urbana ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963, Concordia College LAURETTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette University, Department Chairperson DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota DANIEL PETERSON, lnstructor i n Physics, Ph.D. 1978, Iowa State University LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1953, Montana State University JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969, University of Minnesota *GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor i n Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A. 1960, Dartmouth College *ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana (Strings) M A R T I N QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota PHILIP A. QUANBECK, Seminary Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern University *BARBARA RICHARDS, lnstructor i n Political Science, B.A. 1972, Vanderbilt University * J O H N F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, CathoEc University of America *DENISE R. RIVET, Women's Gymnastics Coach GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson *PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making) - EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics, Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter (England), Department Co-Chairperson LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus. 1965, Lakeland College E D W I N 1. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach) A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of Music *WILLIAM 6. SCHEELA, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1974, Mankato State University *MARIA S. SCHWEIKERT, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1974, University of Pittsburgh IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University o f Illinois, M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg (Germany), Department Chairperson * D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.M. 1975, Augsburg College (Piano) * E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence i n Music (Voice) * H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Organ) *LOUISA A N N SMITH, Lecturer i n Library Science, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota *PAUL C. SONNACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, M.A. 1960, University of Chicago *SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor i n Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg College PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota D O N A L D 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics) MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado *VAL STRACHAN, Women's Basketball Coach, B.A., Mankato State University *BRUCE STUART, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970, University of Minnesota RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska *MARY T. SWANSON, Assistant Professor of Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota LARRY TALLMAN, Instructor i n Music, M.S. 1978, Michigan State University, Director of the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble *JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass) *PAUL THOMAS, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Cello) PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting) Department Chairperson RICHARD J. THONI, Associate Dean of Students, Ph.D. University of Minnesota 1977. NEAL 0. THORPE, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of Music VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music *MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota *DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer i n Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota *MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute) HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University D A V I D C. W O O D , Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University *NANCY ZINGALE, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. University of Minnesota Administrative Personnel GENERAL ADMINISTRATION President ............................................. .Oscar A. Anderson Director of Facility Development ........................ Burton P. Fosse College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President.. .Avalon Okerson ...... FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT Vice President for Finance and Management ............ .Wayne Pederson Director of Plant Services .............................. .Gerald Johnson Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer Manager, College Center .............................. .Mildred Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending .............. .Robert Gores Director of Student Financial Services ................... .Herald Johnson Director of Personnel.. ................................ .Bonnie-Jean M o r k Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey Custodial Supervisor. .................................. .Joseph Roberts Maintenance Supervisor ............................... .Alfred Sandau Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Fred Wolter Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College .....................................Charles S. Anderson Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker .Beverly Wegge Registrar ............................................. Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ................. .Charlene Weidenbach .Bonnie Wallace Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................... .Valerie Geaither Recorder ............................................. .Hope Schutte .Pamela Louisa Assistant Registrar ..................................... Executive Secretary t o the Dean ........................ .Carolyn Magnuson ......... DEVELOPMENT ........................ .Glen W. Johnson ...........................Sigvald Hjelmeland ............................. .Michael Walgren Vice President for Development Director of Deferred Giving.. Director of Annual Fund.. Asst. t o the Vice-president ..................... , Associate Director, Alumni and Parent Giving ....................................... Executive Secretary .................................... ....... .A. B. Batalden .Jeroy Carlson .Irene Steenson PUBLIC RELATIONS Director of Public Relations ............................ .Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information.. Fine Arts Coordinator ................................. .Monica Maye Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison .... ADMISSIONS Director of Admissions.. ............................... .Kathryn E. Lange Assistant Director Bill Ross .Sue Bonner Coordinator of Transfer Programs.. Admissions Counselor ..................................Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor ................................. .Sally Hough Admissions Counselor ................................. .Tom Jackson ..................................... ..................... STUDENT AFFAIRS Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students.. .................................. .Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni Director of Student Life (Housing) ...................... .Linda Schrempp-Alberg Director of Career Planning and Placement ............. .Patricia M. Olsson Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater Head Resident, (UrnesdMortensen) .................... .Cindy Ragen Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren Area Apartment Manager .............................. .John Augustine INDEX ........... Academic Administration 47 Academic Life ..................... 14 Accreditation ....................... 7 Administration ................... 156 Admission to the College ........... 31 Advanced Placement ...............34 Advanced Standing ................ 34 American Indian Programs 26 American Studies .................. 56 Anthropology .................... 139 Art, Department of ................. 57 Biology. Department of ............. 60 Black Student Programs ............ 26 Board of Regents ................. 116 Business Administration ............ 63 Calendar ...................... Cover Campus Map ...................... 70 Certification Programs .............. 22 Chemistry. Department of .......... 71 Chinese ........................... 87 Classification ...................... 54 Communications ................. 141 Computer Science ................ 101 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................. 19 Continuing Education .............. 22 Corrective Therapy ................ 19 Costs .......................... 35. 44 Course Descriptions ................ 56 Course Value ...................... 54 Credit by Examination .............. 54 Dean's List ........................ 52 Degrees ........................... 23 Divisional Organization ............ 47 East Asian Studies .................. 74 Economics ........................ 67 Education. Department of .......... 75 Engineering ....................... 81 English. Department of ............. 81 Enrollment ........................ 55 Expenses ....................... 35, 4 Faculty ........................... 147 Financial Aid ...................... 35 Five-College Cooperative ........... 18 Food Service ...................... 29 Foreign Language, Department of ................... 86 French ............................ 87 44 Full-Time Student Defined General Education Requirements ................... 15 .......... .......... Geography ........................ 99 German ........................... 90 Glossary of Terms ................... 4 Grading ........................... 50 Graduates ......................... 55 Graduation Requirements 48 Graduation with Distinction 32 Greek ............................ 92 Health Education ................. 719 Health Service ..................... 29 History of Augsburg College 6 History. Department of ............. 96 Honors Program ................... 22 Housing ....................... 27, 45 Independent Study ................ 52 Intercollegiate Athletics ............ 25 Intercultural Center ................ 26 Inter-Institutional Programs 75 International Students .............. 27 Internship Program ................ 22 Japanese .......................... 92 Journalism ........................ 83 Library Science .................... 80 Location ........................... 6 Majors ............................ 15 Mathematics, Department of ........ 99 Medical Technology .............. 702 Metro-Urban Studies .............. 102 Music, Department of ............. 104 Music Therapy .................... 108 Nature and Objectives .6 of Augsburg ............... Natural Science ................... 109 22 New Dimensions Program Non-Discrimination Policy ........... 7 Norwegian ........................ 93 Numbering of Courses ............. 55 Nursing .......................... 111 Personnel of the College .......... 147 16 Pre-Professional Training 113 Philosophy, Department of Physical Education ................ 116 Physical Plant ...................... 12 Physics, Department of ............ 120 Political Science, Department of .................. 123 Probation and Dismissal ............ 49 Psychology, Department of ........ 126 Regents, Board of ................. 146 45 Refunds ......................... Registration ....................... 49 .......... ........ ......... ......... .., .......... ........... ........ Religion. Department of ........... 129 Religious Life ...................... 24 Russian Area Studies .............. 132 Scandinavian Area Studies ......... 133 Scholarships. Grants ................ 35 Social Science Majors ............. 134 135 Social Work. Department of Sociology. Department of .......... 138 Spanish ........................... 94 Speech. Department of ............ 141 Student Life ....................... 24 Student Rights ..................... 29 ....... Student Services ................... 25 Study Abroad ...................... 20 Summer School .................... 22 Symbol (#) ........................ 55 Theater Arts ...................... 143 Transdiciplinary Major 145 Transfer t o Augsburg 32 Tuition and Fees ................ 35. 44 Veterans .......................... 53 Visiting the Campus ................. 7 Work-Study ....................... 35 ............ ............... CATALOG 1980-82 AUGSBURG COLLEGE This material was published t o supply information on additions and changes to the 1980-82 Catalog. Material i s arranged in the same order as in the 1980-82 Catalog, with page number references. Although information was current at the time of publication, it i s subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies contained i n this publication and the main 1980-82 Catalog. If you have questions about anything in this bulletin, you should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Accreditation and Memberships National League for Nursing National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. College Costs 1981-82 Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,300.00 600.00 Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ........................... 300.00 Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ........................ Room Rent (includes telephone) ................................... 1,091.00 986.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ....................................... Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medical Technology (Senior Fee) .............. 5.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ............ Class, per semester ....... 150.00 50.00 600.00 Music Therapy Internship (one course credit) ............ 600.00 POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 2 Summer 1981 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) i s published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by AugsburgCollege,73121st Avenue South, Minneapolis M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Financial Aid/l7-18 Gift Assistance Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students w h o have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay u p t o full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement 'are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents w h o have financial need. For 1981-82, they range f r o m $100 to $1050. All applicants f r o m Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person niust: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pel1 Grants [formerly Basic Educational 0 portunity Grants) - A federal program ihat provider Rasic Grant awards to stufents who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 i s $1670. minus t h c a m o u n t the studentand family can beexpected tocontribute. The grants are based o n need as determined by the program guidelines. Application i s made by filing the F F S (or FAF) and requesting o n the application f o r m that the necessary information be sent t o the appropriate BEOG office. Bureau of lndian Affairs Scholarships/Grants - American Indian students whomeet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian 4ffairs.fribal and/or lndian Stare Scholarship monies. You must be "1 degree lndian ancesrrv and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement a l l other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency. National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Scholarships/20-23 Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Departmental Scholarships Chemistry Ellenand Courtland Agre Chemistr Award -given toa chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the dbctorate in chemistry. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship -awarded The Rev. and Mrs. study of history. annually to a history major. 0.1. Haukeness Award - given t o a senior student for excellence i n the Music Edwin W. and Edith B. NorbergScholarship - awarded to music majors preparing for careers in church music. Schubert Club Scholarship -awarded annually to a music therapy student. Political Science Political Science Scholarship - An award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in political science. Majors, Licensure/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study. may be wirhin ane department, within one division. or cror5 academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter coIlege. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a majorshould be elec~edby rhe end of the Fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-BusinessAdministration Elementary Education Engineering' English Foreign Languages Chinese,l French German, Japanese,' Norwegian, Russian,l Spanish Health Education History International Relations Mathematics Medical Technology3 Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies' Social Science Social Work Sociology Speech Theater Arts Transdisciplinary I t is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University Schooi of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered a t Augsburg in Elementary Education, Kindergarren. Earlv Childhood Education, and these fields in secondarv Education: Arf. English-Language Arts, French, German. Health, L ~ f eSc~ence,Mathematics. Music, Fhvsical Education, Physical Science (Chem~srrvor Phvsics\, Science (Grade5 5-9)) Social Studies, Spanish. Speech. Theater Arts. A minor is offered i n Librarv Science. 5tudcnts planning to teach on the secondarv level have advtjers both in the Education department and the area of their academic majnrisl. Graduation Requirements/39-40 Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available i n the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses o n the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. 4r least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not more than 1 3 may be i n one de artmenl, except i n certain approved majors for the Bachelor of Science/Ani g g r e e . 17 for ,he Bachelor of Music a n d Bachelor of Sc~encern Music Thera y degrees. and 18 in r he Bachelor oi Science in Nursing degree. The course fotafmcsl include three l n ~ e r i r nfor i i1udenr5 whore complete academic work i s at Aupburg. For transfer studenrc. the course oral must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No rnorerhan these maximums mav beapplied toward the 35 rota1 courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR] courses: 2 courses bv independent/ directed study: 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses w ~ t ha grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional g r a d ~ n g( P ) also has these limits: 2 In the major except Elementary Educar~on:7 i n the minor i f approved bv the departmen! chairperson. Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for the equivalent of a major i n Nursing. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except tor Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 4. Residence The last year of full-time s:udy or equivalent must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology Psychology-Sociology English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the111 level of a foreign language will take one additional courseat placement level i n that language or two courses (111and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies -Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is, one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information i s available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation a n d Grading/40-41 Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools d o not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education c.ourses are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditionalsystem. English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there i s a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. .4 grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. A n incomplete rade may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. To receive i r , a 5;tu ent must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating he reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it,and comments from rhe instructor. If permission is granted. the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or i t becomes the grade submitted b v the teacher along with the incomplete. J A grade of X may be given for an independenr or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over morethan one semester. Such a course must be completed during rhe second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,f -5,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audrted. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Onlythe credits and gradesearned thesecond time are counted toward graduation and i n the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Art/49 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, i t i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher education program at Augsburg College. Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education caurse5.a student must first apply and be admitted to the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore vear, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and Licensure Requirements: Minimum of 8.5 education courses (255, 351, 383,and two professional semesters); Health Education 114,115; Library Science341, 358; Academic minor (major recommended); GPAof 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor for licensure; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341, 352,353,381,382,384. (Courses 381,382,383,384 are one-half courses offered on a traditional grading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ. 481,482 and electives (483, 484,.478, 499). Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Educ. 385 and student t e a 3 i n g at the Kindergarten level. Early Childhood Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych. 351; Educ. 325,425,483 or484(160 hoursof studentteaching). Foran Early Childhood license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-schoo[ work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Secondary Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her life i n relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations.and other interventionsand compensatory programs. Classsessions and two hours perweek of lab. experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources i n the teaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 o r d. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 o r 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materialsand resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. concurrent registration i n 352. 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials. and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.. Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approvdl. 425 Early Childhood Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment. parental involvement. and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessionsand two hours per week of lab experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 181,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N. K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval. Fall. Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience In teaching. (Prereq.: 481. 482. Fall. Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult with Education faculty regarding state requirementsfor teacher licensure, This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Program Requirements for Secandary Education: ( 7 1 Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education teacher [icensure program. This mav be made before, concurrently or afrer rhe Orierrtarion course. Application formsare ava~lablein the Education Department office. Before applying f o r admission, students should receive approval from the departmenr ordivision of their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of Education; (2) GPA of 2.0overall,2.0 in required education courses,and at least 2.5 in the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (4) Completion of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations through Augsburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses of the education program: Psychology 105; Health Education 114, 115; Education 265,354,388,478,special methods in the area of the student's major,and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching as required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota Licensurefor Teaching in Secondary Schools: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): (1) 6.A. or F.S. degree: ( 2 )Co[tege major i n a teaching a r e a ; 431 Fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 ,!VICAR 3.041 i n Human Relations (sucressfut completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirement); (4) Psvchologv 105; ( 5 ) Health Educatton 114.175: (6) Stlcce~sfulcompletion of Augsburg Education Program EOUTSPS. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of rhese areas tollowsthe secondary education pragram even though h e or she plans ta teach az t h e e l e m e n t a r y school level. A penon with a major in one of rhese 5petial areas will take three courses in student reach~ngand do some student teach~ngarboth the secondary and elementarv levels. In addition to Edur. 354.rhe art major will register { o r Educ. 361,362; the Phrsrcal Education major for Educ, 365: and the music major for Educ. 373. The Professional Term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-rime term i n professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminarsare held during the term a 5 par1 of the professional work. A studenr: taking two courses in srudent teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. All studenrrare expected to be insolred full-time in the artivitim of tee professional term. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardatinn, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD dnd ED and giftedness. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265) Note on Special Methods Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or concurrent with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. ' (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory.The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods -. (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society -.I he emphas~si n this course is o n tne school in relation to society with particular ~ t t e n t i o n to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval) 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Library Science M a r j o r i e Sibley, G r a c e S u l e r u d ( C o o r d i n a t o r s ) , K a r e n H a r w o o d , B o y d K o e h l e r , James O l s o n , I r e n e Schilling, Louisa S m i t h Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4'12 courses, i n c l u d i n g 341. 345,358, 359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition,cataloging,classification.and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance i n use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Sources and Services Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn h o w to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; h o w to find information and use libraries effectively.'(Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o d o field work in a variety of library situations i n the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and e\,aluation of library materials on the secondary school level. with attention to their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study Independent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service. worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Germad75 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) Major for Teaching: Students interested in secondart education may take a history m a j o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social s c i p n c ~courses a n d rhe r e q u i r e d e d u c a t i o n courses, i n c o m liance with the state requiremenrs For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t c R i r p e r r o n o r t h e Social Srudiei Coordinator. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life i n the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women i n China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) M a t hematics/89-90 361 Numerical Analysis (Formerly CSC 355) A study of merhods used 10 50h.e problems on comprlters. lnalys~sof computat~onal ofoan procedures problems and developnienr 0 1 alaorithms Inr [heir ~ u l u t i ~ n s , a p p l ~ c a t ~ l Topics tnclude the general concept or~entedprogrammrny ti:n$uapc In n u m ~ r i c aanalysr~. of lteratlve tnrmulae, inlu;~anor squarrons. Newton's method. l~nearsystems, ~nterpolariiiierentiatinn and Integrallnn, IPrereq.: M 4 T 224, CSC 245) tlon, numer~r-a1 Computer Science Augsburg College offers a n e w p r o g r a m i n C o m p u t e r Science that w i l l prepare students f o r f u r t h e r study i n c o m p u t e r science at a major university o r f o r entry i n t o a substantial variety o f c o m p u t e r related jobs. Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with central memory at 256 kitobvtes and terminals a t several campus locations. The College also has several Apple I1 microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics m i c r o c o m p u r c r , a n d KEY(-1 l a b o r a ~ o r vmicrocomputers. Augsburg also has access to large r h r o u g h both Minnesota Educational C o m p u t i n g Consortium a n d the Univers~ryof ~Minnesota. ~~~~~~~r. Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 245, 261, 345, 350 a n d Mathematics 361 (formerly C o m p u t e r Science 355) o r Business Administration 479 o r Sociology 363 o r C o m p u t e r Science 395 o r 495. Note: Business Administration 250 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d f o r those p l a n n i n g a career i n business a n d is an additional prerequisite if Business Administration 479 is t o c o u n t t o w a r d the C o m p u t e r Science minor. 145 Introduction to General Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming i n a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardwate register operations, and computer organization. Programming is done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: MAT 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Comparison of batch, timesharing, and real time operating systems. Study of the social implications and applications of computers through the use of various applications packages. Continued development of competence in structured programmingand algorithms will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Conceptsand algorithms used in thesolution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) 355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods (See Mathematics 361, new number for this course) 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specific topics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend on the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. Music L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand, Laine Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coetz, James D. Johnson, Robert Karlen, Diane Kennelly, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz, Paul Lohman, Cynthia Melson, Roberta Metzler, Celeste O'Brien, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, James ten Bensel, Paul Thomas, David Tubergen, Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt. See ~ u s i cDe artment Handbook for additional and explanatory information, guidelines an8requirements. Students wishing t o major or minor i n music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 or 355, 365 or 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music (Performance or Composition): 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457, 458, 476, 499, 354 or 355, 365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods i n the last 2 years, and junior and senior recitals; French o r German. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: C o r e Curriculum plus 354.360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or476, one of 355,365,375, and 470 Introduc!ion to MusicTherapy (Interim).Spanish E Srecommended. Other requiremenrs: B i o l o g 103, Education 262: 2 Physical Educat~on(232 and 373 recommended); 3 Prychologv and 1Sociology. ~ncluding Psych. 105,362 and Psych. 264or 50c. 362 {Recommended courses include Psych. 264,357,352,355, 356, 357, and Sac. 211,121,237,741, 362, 3751; 1 Speech (116 recommended], Music Minor: 5 courses: 101,102, 260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Studenrs may qualify far graduation honors if they have earned a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses and have demonstrated leadership in performance. Honors may be achieved by one oithefollowing: Senior thesisand i t s defense before a faculty committee; presentation of an addi~lonalSenior recital of graduate qua2ity: composition of a work for vocal and/orinstrurnental ensemble of not less than 15 minutes duration. Application should be made before the senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: Major Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: Membership is determined by audition during the first week of the fall semester. Times and locations are posted on the department bulletin board. These organizations exist nol only for the benefit of the musicstudent, but for any student who wishes to particrpate: Augsburg Choir Brass Ensemble Chorale String Ensemble Concert Band Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensemble Orchestra Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lrsxlns: Vocal and rnstrumental insrruction is avaifable to at! student5 in any area. MUSICstudents must reqister on the traditional gradlng system and take a jury exam at the end of each semes~erto fulfill the requiremen1 of prlvare studv toward a mus~cdegree. Other students m a y register for private lessons in the same manner ur use P/N grading. D ~ ~ r l nthe g junior and senior vear. a studern accepted by the Department of Mucrc as a major receives lessons In rhe area of concentration wirhaut ewrra cost. Practice rooms and Instruments are available for rent. jury Examination: All students taking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminarsand guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend 30 (out of 50) designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s required of B.A. and B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present full Junior and Senior recitals. Examinations All music majors and minors are required to pass a Piano Proficiency Test. Music majors must pass three Music Repertoire Tests, and Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223,224 Theory MUSICTheory i s a n integrated course ewtcndlng over four terms. Taught by a team of ~nstructors.the variausaspectsoi mus~caltheory (1.e , eartralnlng, harmony, counterpolnt, and analysis) are presenred rn parallel, rather than In sequence (101, 223. Fall 102. 224. Spr~ng) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area. with field trips to various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 lntroduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature o i Music Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries. opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present.Thestudy includessuch aspects of ccncern for the performer as interpretation, style. and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder.Orff instrumt.nts,applications of recreational musicactivities to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 lnstrumental Technique Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instrument^. (Fall) 375 Instrumental Technique Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directo-s. and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response. with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects. emphasison music i n a clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent. and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-rime placement In an inrernrhip setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for rix months. This ir started after completion of the senior year and is nece5sary for regisrration by the NAMT. Appl~cationsfor ~nternsh~p sites must be made n i n e m o n t h In advance. 5ttes In Mrnne5o;a are lim~ted. 435 Music in Therapy The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded. and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores. organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, s i x terms. No credit 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty. Natural Science/99 Science (Grades5-9): 7 courses,2 i n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161.thealternative course not taken i n the Broad Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 i n Physical Science (Chemistry 223,353; Physics 245). Nursing/99 Augsburg offers an u p p e r division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor o f Science degree. The p r o g r a m is accredited by the National League f o r Nursing. 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating i n analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103 or 122 and Mathematics 122 or 125) 486 Prvchology of Religion and Thenlogy -\ rrtrdv ot cvrrenl pr-ychnlogiralvicrvsof religion in the context of the traditional Christian riew o i human nature. Spec~alartention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud. lung.and Wil[lamlames,~ncito thos~Christiantheologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1982) Scandinavian Area Studies/ll6 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever." adaptation to the New Land. aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) Social Science/l17 Social Science M y l e s C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) T w a ernphafes exist w i t h i n the S o c ~ a Science l major: t h e General M a j o r and the Van-Western emphasis. A student may n o t l ~ sat d o u b l e major I n Social Science a n d es t h e d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~selected on In the Soc~al I n one of the componen7 d ~ s c ~ p l ~ nunless Science major i_c s~gniticantlydifferent f r o m the other major. GeneraIMajor: IScotrrses: 10 required courres(Ecanom1cs1~,1?3: Hi5tory221,222; G ~ o g r a p h v714: 5ociology 221,241: Psvchologv 105: Roltrical5r1ence158 and121 or 710t. 4 upper d ~ ~ ~ s courses i o n in one of rhe l o l l o w i n g d ~ s c i p l ~ n e rEconomics. : Hisrorv. Political Science, Psychobogy or Socrvlogy: a stat~sricscourse approved bv the d~partrnentin which the 4 upper d i v i s ~ o ncourses are taken. The student should rhnose an adviser who 1s a m e m b e r of ( h e d e p a r t m e n t i n w h i c h the upper division course5 are ro be taken. (For supplementary information and a[rernatiwe ways to fulf~llrhestate-approved competency-hared program tor secondary teacher educarlnn, sce the f o l [ o w i n g section on Social Studies tor Secondary education.^ Non-Western Major: 14 courses: History 703; 1social science methodology course (Economics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology 362 or 365): and 12 courses,i n a t least 4 disciplines, from the followrng: Economics 122,258; History 104,322,323,324,440, 474: Political Science351,363,382,461; Philosophy 255; Religion356: Sociology241 : seminars, independenr study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and~'or Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this soc1a1science major should consul^ the chairperson of the Department of Hisrory tn choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) on rhe high school level must complete, in Students preparing10 teach social s t u d i e ~ addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competencv-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Social Studies ticensure: 7 courser; (Economic.; 122 or 123, Geographv 174, History 222, Political Science 756, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 and 141) plusa ma'or in one of five fields - Economics, History. Political Sricnce, ~ r y c h o l o g or v sociology - o r incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major. described in section above\. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. Social Work 118-119 Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program i s a professional program i n preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists of Bio. 101'; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*,365,375*,and 383*; and Social Work 257*, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least one Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum grade of 2.0 is required i n each upper division social work course required in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corset tions, sorial Ministries,and Youth a r e possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional. dy~functianal,and programmatic aspects, plus field work placcment i n the senior year in the special area. Completion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship: 361; 364; Psych. 351 or Soc. 375; Soc. 383; and Pol. 121 or 158 or 325 or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of Education 388. 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. AUCSBURC COLLEGE Official publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue S. Minneapolis, M N 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1982-1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1982-84 Catalog Augsburg Advent Vespers in Central Lutheran Church 2/Campus Map / Minneapolis, Minnesota - - , Campus Guide (2182) 1. Admissions 2. Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortenson Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. Psychology Building 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage 2 Theater 15. Little Theater 16. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Main Entrance-TunnellRarnplSkyway D. Quadrangle E. Faculty-Staff Parking F. Murphy Square C.Practice Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp .'- Campus Map/3 Driving to Campus on Interstate 94 East from Minneapolis: take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left to Riverside Avenuegnd left again to 21st Avenue South at the Augsburg sign. West from St. Paul - take the Riverside Avenue exit right after you cross the Mississippi River and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at 21st Avenue South. Campus M a p - 2 Introduction - 5 Facilities - 7 Admission - 8 Costs and Financial A i d - 12 Student Life - 24 Academic Information - 30 Brief Facts - 44 Course Descriptions - 45 Registers - 132 Index - 143 Academic Calendars - 146 Winter at Augsburg is also for snowmen Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts c o l l e e s combine the excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with the smallness and intimacy of the rural setting, Augsburg i s one of the few, very special Christian cnlleges which can offer you both, as indicated in the Mission Statement adopted by the Faculty and the Board of Regents in 1977. Mission Statement Augsburg i s an accredited four-year Iiheral arts college o f The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities merropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran orlentation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, , cultural and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellecrual freedom in the search for knowledge i n i t s disciplines, responsiveness ro the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College is to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith. the liberal artsand excellence in academic program. Au sburg College is known for its people, who strive to be a supportive, informal ancf free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is primarily committed to providing opportuniti- for a broad background in a variety of subject areasas well as personal development. The college challenges srudenrs with a portion of the knowledgcand ~ h o u g hwhich t has been formative within human historv and culture through a wide variety OF ideas, di5ciplinesand selected professional and pre-professional programs: assists students in developing intellectual skills a5 we'll a 5 in selecting a career: and encourages within stutients the attitudes and skills necessary to prepare them to be learners rhroughour their lives. Excellence in theacademic programs hascharacterized and i s a conrinued goal of r he rollege. Education at Augsburg i s based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us for care, exploration and understanding. & a Christian comrnunitv the college embraces a wide ran e of religiousexpression and par~icipation.As part of its academic program ,4ugs urg weks to give all its students a n inlormed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious herilage. In addition to this intellectual rask rhe aim of thecolbege isto helpsludents understand the Christian faith as relevant for t h ~ i own r experience and for partic~parioni n r h e commitment to the role of the Christian community in rhe modern world. t Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The qualiry of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by i t s location. However, the college i s also aware that it has a responsibility ro contribute to ihe larger communitv. In doing this, the college directs several of i ~ sprograms specificallv ar the metropolitan serting, provides area5 of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers irself as an educational resource for a variety of new srudent populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans i n America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin,a3 Augsburg'~home three vears later, in 1872. The first college students were enrol[ed in 1874 and rhe first c o l l ~ ~ e graduation was in 1879. The school was officially named .4ugsbur College i n 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with T e American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luthrr Theological Seminary in St. Paul thar same war. Continuiny lies with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's ~ u ~ s h u r g Room and in replication of rhe original sign for Old Main. From Fjord lo Freeway, a randTd history of the College and itr peopleduring the first 100 years, by AuqsburgJ.s Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the Collcge Bookstore. f Location and Campus Augsbur '5 campus i s located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy square, tReiirrt of155 parks in ihen'Ciryof Lakes."The University of Minnesota Wesr Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 91 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Y. Reaching the Twin Cities is eas Airlines providing daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport inc ude American, Capitol, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, united, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It i s the olicy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, nationa or ethnicorigins, age, marital status,sex or handicap as required by Title I X of the 1972 Educational Amendmentsor Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended i n i t s admissions polides, educational programs, activities and employment prac~ices.lnqu~riesregarding compliance may be directed to the ~ndividuals listed in the Communications Directory inside the front cover or to t h e Directory of the Office of Civil Rights, Departmenr of Health, Eduration and Welfare, Washington, D.C. f The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Au sburg College i s fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges anBSecondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB). Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named i n honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed i n 1960. O l d M a i n (1900) i s home for the Foreign Language and Art departments and has classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodelled i n 1980, O l d Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named i n honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 t o 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. UrnessTower, (1967) named i n honor of M r . and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have given several generous gifts t o the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed t w o t o a room, with their o w n lounge, study and utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named i n honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices and one floor of student housing. Music Hall, (1978) newest building o n campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, t w o rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department i n the former studio building. Melby Hall, (1961) named i n honor of 1. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. Ice Arena, (1974) with t w o large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly O l d Music Hall, was redesigned i n 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retainsspace i n the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located i n or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Freshmen Students - 9 Early Decision - 10 Early Admission - ID Transfer Students - 10 Former Students - 11 Special Students (Non-Degree) - 11 International Students - 11 Interests can be explored in a variety of classes Admissions Augsburg CoIleRp jeeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will enahle t h e student to h e n e f ~ !fram and contribute to the college community. Each applicant is 'udged on individuat merit without regard for race, creed, sex. age, dirabiliry, and naiinnal or ethnic origin. Augsburg's admissions office 51aff members are available to help srudents and parents with college planning. The 4drnissions Ofiice is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. t o 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Vis~torsare asked to write or call the Adrnirsion3 Office (611) 330-1001 prior to the visir. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour. class visita~ions.and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts A n official transcript from the h i h school i s required of freshman applicanrs. Freshman applicanrs who are i t i l l f i e h iihool studenti at ihe rime of application should have their nost receni transcript sent, f n l l o w ~ dbv a final transcript upon graduarion. Graduate Examination Degree scores [G.E.D.) mav he presected instead of the hiph srhool transcript, 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's revious academic performance, it may be included with the application or xscussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete. 6. Completion of Admission An accepted student i s asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions requests may be granted upon request by the Admissions Office. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program i s offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by N o v e m b e r 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision i s based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. This application i s available i n the Admissions Office. A $100.00 non-refundable tuition deposit i s required by January 15 or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may by granted admission t o begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish t o transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit i s granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not t o grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, t o grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and t o require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better i s required o n previous college work. Registered Nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree i n Nursing must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return i-t t o the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript f r o m the college(s) you have attended i s required. Transfer student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent t o the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily o n their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there i s personal information that rnav have affected the applicant's revious college performance, il mav be includrd wifh rhe application or &cursed personally with an admissions counselor, Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decic~onis made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision within two weeks after the application file is complete. An accepted student isasked to makea $100 non-refundable tuition deposit by April 1: or within 15 days of financial aid notification. Extensions can be granted by the Admissions Office upon request. Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendance a t A u g s b u r ~College and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through the Registrar s Office. A student who has s ) during the absence from Augsburg must have an attended any other ~nst~turian official transcript sent from eac oneto the Registrar'sOffice. Returningstudentsdo not pay the application fee. i, Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) I n some circumstances, a person ma be admitted as a special student (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enroling in courses for credit. Usually a part-time student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent t o the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the rocedures for applying as an international student. You may contact the Director calling (612) 330-1001 or addressing your correspondence to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 U.S.A. py 12/Costs and Financial Aid Costs 1982-83 - 13 Fees - 14 Deposits - 14 Payments - 15 Refunds - 15 Application - 16 Gifts - 17 Loans - 18 Student Employment - 19 Sponsored Scholarships - 19 Student employment options include Food Service crews Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College.The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from The American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1982-83 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1982-83 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,820.00 This rate applies to all full-time students e n r e r i n ~in September, f 981. Students are considererl full-time when thev take thrce or more courses dus~ngthe semester term5 for a ~ o t aof l seven or more courses in the rchool vear. The charge includes ruition. general fees, facilities, fees. suhscript~onto student publications, and admission to college-sup orted events. concerts and lectures. The amount 1s payable in two equal insla Iments a t the beginning of each semester. P Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course. ............................. 670.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course.. ......................... 335.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. Room Rent (includes telephone). .................................... 1,207.00 Linen service is available in residence halls on a direct contract basis from a local linen supply company. Full Board (19 meals a week). ........................................ 1,070.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Payable by Check/Cash Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Late Registration (per day after classes begrn) . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 10.00 5.00 .... 35.00 Film Making (Interim) . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ......... 20.00 ckys Life Drawing (Interim) Nursin Credit Valifation Tests . . . . . . . . Locker Rental (for commuters) Re istration Chan e after first 5 (cancelkdd/change grade optlon, or combrnatlon at one tlme) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Cinema Arts Application (new and/or special students . . . . . . . . $ 15.00 Medical Technology (Senior Fee) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720.00 20.00 ....... 5.00 Student Parking Lot Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Transcri t Fee (per copy after t?rst, whrch i s free) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 Special Examinations (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) Music Therapy Internship (one course credrt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150.00 Class, per semester . . . . . . . . . . 75.00 ... 10.00 Theater Technical Production . . 35.00 .............. 35.00 Radio-Television Production Student Teaching Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) . . . . . . . . . 125.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $175 - 225 per year. Deposits Tuition (non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. Applied to the tuition charge. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.00 Required of all resident srudenrs a t rhe time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing ass~gnrnent.Applied to t h e room charge. Keu. cclrlrract5 mav be r ~ r m i n a t e d for Fall or Spring Term by notifyin the O f f ~ c eof Student Life rn writing by the tirst davof registralion. Thp rpsident wi I be responsible for all costs incurred due to [ate cancellation or lack ofproper notltication. It thp new contract is canrelled prior to lulv 1 for Fall semester or lanuarv 1 for Spring Semester, 535.00 will he iorieired irom rhe $100 deposir as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited i f cancellation ir after these dares. 7 . Breakage and Fine . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . . . , ..... . .... . . . .. . ... .. . . .. . 25.00 Charged to all students at registration and refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuation of education at Augsburg. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges I ~ r t e r .( 4 ) Deferred Payments, an individual contract with a private commercial aaencv which operates independently of the College. Multiple year as well as sin le year contracts are available. An information letter and brochure will be rnaiFL. Refrr a[so to the Parent Loan Program (PLUS) on page 18. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of loan funds administered by the College (National Direct/Defense Student LoansNDSL), are current according to established repayment schedules. Refunds Cancellation from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% -through 90% - f r o m the 80% - f r o m the 70% - f r o m the 60% - f r o m the 50% - f r o m the the first five days of classes. sixth through 10th day of classes. 11th through 15th day of classes. 16th through 20th day of classes. 21st through 25th day of classes. 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term. N o refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made o n a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel registration during the first one-half of the term due to illness or accident, the charges will be reduced by one-half upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Student%who elect to omit an interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund af interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participare i n a n approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Studenr Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund i s determined. 16/Financial Aid Financial Aid The financing of post-secondary education may wet1 be one of t h e more significant invenments that an individual or a family will make ~na n entire lifetime. Because this is thecase, proper planning and wise choicesare important, not only in the selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized In paving he related expenses. Augsburg College. through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to he! provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary an8advir.ory, that will prorect arcerr to a quality edurarion i n rpiie of increasing costs. Finanrial assistance a w a r d ~ d~ h r o u g hA u g b u r g i s a combinat~onof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies i n providing various aid rograms. For the academic year 1981-82 ap roximately 90% of all students at Augs u r received ~ srh~larrhi~r, laanr nnBpait-time employmenl totalling over S~CIOO.OOOfrom all aid sources. g The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The amount of assistance for which a student is eligible i s determined with the help and analysis of tlie Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American CollegeTesting Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service {CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income. assets. number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. A ply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made untirthe student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial S r a ~ e r n e n (FFS) t or Financial Aid form (FAFI from a high school or college financial aid office. Comptere the applica~ionand send i t ta the processing agency after January1bur before March 7 for priority cons~deratlon. Minnesota residenrs must complete the FFS which includes t h e a pl~cationfor the Minnesota State Scholarrhip/Cranr Program. (To be considere2 ure code 6500.) Augsburg's code on.the FFS is 2080. For nun-Minnesota resid~ntsusing tlte FAF. Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three to four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you areaccepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing the students' financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package i s required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended. Financial A i d / l 7 New Students - Early Decision This i s for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. 'Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish to complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissrons Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by Januarv 1. 2. For confirmation of the tinancial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-~Uinnesotaresidents) must be completed after prior calendar year i n c o m ~infarmation is available. This is after January 1 but before March 1. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by refiling the application and financial statement. Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a s ecific scholarship or grant. The various forms of aid available are listed here for inkrmation only. In addition to aid administered by Aupsburg College. students are ur ed to invertigare the possibility ofrrholarihipr, g r a n s and loans thar might beavaiEbie in their own camrnunities. It could be worthwhile t o check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clu bs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid , through Vocational Rehabiliration, Education Assistance for V e r e r a n ~ Educationaj Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance Presidents Scholarships- Awarded to incoming freshmen based on high academic achievement, personal qualities, a personal interview, and an essay. Several full tuition and half tuition award winners are annually designated by the President of Augsburg College. Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarshi and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota r ~ r i d e n r swho have iinaniiarneed. For 1982-83, they range from $100 to $1050. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of April 23. 18/Financial A i d Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant - 4 federal program administered by t h c Colleye. To be ~ l i g r h l r a, person m u ~ r :(1) be a L.5, c ~ t i z e nor permanent reqidcnt: ( 2 ) have s u i f ~ r i e n tf~nancial need as detincd bv rhe program and d ~ r n o n s t r a ~ rt3v d rhe FFS (or FAF); (31 bc c a p a b l ~of maintaining satisfactory a r a d ~ m i cstanding at rhe College; and (4) he accepted for admision. Pell Grants - A federal program that provides Pell Grant awards to students who attend eligible institutions of higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 is $1670, minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. The grants are based on need as determined by the program guidelines. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the appropriate Pell Grant office. Bureau of Indian Affairs kholarships/Grant -American Indian students who meet t ~ d r r aand l stare requrremenr5 mai appIvfar Bureauof Indian Affairs,Tribal and/or Indian State Scholarship monies. S l u d ~ n r smust bc r i degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a fcdcrallv recognized tribc, lndian grants supplement all other rourccs of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American Indian Program Director or your tribal agency. Loan Assistance National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - join1 Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the Cotlegc for studenrs who demonstrate financial rligrbility. Loans arp interest free during your education. N o inrerest accrues nor do avmenrs have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled a l least halfiime. Slrnple interest of 5':. and repilvmenr of the principal (at ihc minimum of 5311 a rnnnzh) begin ~ i months x afrer vou leave schoot. Repavment rnav extend u to 10 vears. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. She maximum whic may be borrowed for undergraduate sturiv is $6,000 R Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) and Minnesota State Studmt Laan - Programs backed bv either t h e f ~ d e r aor l state governmen?. Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state povernrnent in stares which provide w c h programs. LVhile the student is attending a t least half-time, rhere i s na inrerest charge. Beginn~ngIanunrv 1.1981. simple annual interest of gom+ on the loan balance and repavrnent of the principal begin six months after you leave schunl. Repaymen1 rnav extend up 10 10 wars. The maximum loan is $7500 ppr year w i t h the cumulative undergraduate rnaximun~of $12.500. "Ipplications are available a t the college. sc3rne banks, and the Minnesota Stare Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan - Fcderal pro$ram with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan pro ram, but restriaed to applicants accepted or enrolled in t h e program leading tot i e baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial n ~ e d and be registered full rime. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. i: Parent Loan Program /PLUS) - PLUS i s a new loan program to help parents meet collcge cost5. Parents m a v borrow up to 53,000 per year with a n rlggregate rnaxtrnum ot $15.000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursrmerlI a t a simple interest rate of 14"r)and a minimurn paymcnl af '550 per month. Application forms are available at 4upsbur College or the lending rnstitutions. .%ppEicarions are normally filed with thc hanf or t h i i d,t 1n5titution with which vour farnilu.has a n account. A Student Employment Augsbury College provides work opportunities for studenrr with proven financial need who are at least one-half time srudenrs. Assignmenr is made o n the basis of need and potential compezence in performing the duries assigned. Part-time work p r o v i d e d by r h College ~ i s considered financial atd. just as scholarships, loans, and grants. A mavimum of 1 5 hours of on-campus emplovment pcr week i s recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these rograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with t k College r o provide some part-time work opportunities. Aid Association for Lutherans Work Service Program - A special program of off-campus placement in Lutheran congregations, with work assignments made at the discretion of the congregation, which will support the life and mission of the congregation. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. These scholarships are available to Augsburg students who will be Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation - A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship - established in 1979 by his family. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to needy and deserving upperclass students. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to two deserving junior/senior students. M. J. Estrem Scholarship - awarded annually to a worthy student of the College established in 1979 by members of his family. One or more David J. Formo Scholarshi scholarships will be a w a r f e d a n n u a ~ lto ~ a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence i n academic and extracurricular performnce Catha JonesMemorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female students transferring from Waldorf College. Preference given to those i n music and/or elementary education. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o b e distributed t o needy students. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship - $250 awarded t o a senior. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - established i n 1963 by a bequest of J o h n G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher education. Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarships -awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students. Tozer Foundation kholarships - u p t o 51000 ~ a c h - awartfetf on the bas~sof scholarsh~p, p e r ~ o n d l i t vand , n t r r l . I l i n n e n must be junior nr senior students ivho a r e residents of the Slate of hllnnesota bur nor reridents of Pine. Kanahec or Xashinpron Counties. Separate application re uired oi srml-itnallsts selertrtl hv rhe irholarshlp comrnirre~.FFS must be sent to Twr.r Foun4datlon rod^ 65--) Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving junior o r senior student. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded t o able and deserving upperclass students w h o are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o able and deserving students, w h o have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarship - awarded t o able and deserving students who-are policy holders with Lutheran Brotherhood. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a deserving senior. M i n o r i t y Student Scholarships/Grants Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program -awarded American minority students w h o show financial need. annually t o Lutheran Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Minority Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 t o be awarded t o a Black student. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship - awarded periodically t o a Black American student. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities w h o are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships students. - awarded annually t o upperclass Oriental Homecoming Auction Scholarship - awarded annually t o t w o minority students by contributions from faculty, administration, staff and students at the Homecoming auction. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded t o students preparing for full-time service careers i n the church. Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a student(s) i n t h e senior class w h o is preparing for the ministry. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the basis of scholarship, characteristics of service and devotion to the Christian faith. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded periodically to students preparingforthe Christian ministry. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship- awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing in fields leading to full-time service in the church. Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarshir - awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior/senior'student recommended by t e scholarship committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by donor. Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund - awarded to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Missions Department of the American Lutheran Church. Departmental Scholarships Art Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - established by the Crown Princess of Norway t o be awarded anriually to a talented art student with financial need. Athletic Paul Dahlen MemorialScholarship- awarded annually t o an able and deserving male student on basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. - Paul Dahlen Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student or students on basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of physical education. James Winkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a male student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic achievement. Peterson Football Scholarship - awarded to a freshman football player on basis of financial need. Sandbo Football Scholarship - awarded to a football player o n basis of financial need. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship - awarded to a student because of his academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics. David Gronner MemorialSchrrlarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participatin~ in athtetlcs or music. She award IS "made to students who have demonstrated financial need and/or "oi h ~ g Christian h character". The tthleticscholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference ror basketball. Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference given to wrestlers. Biology Biology Scholarships -established i n 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major i n Biology, Natural Scienceor MedicalTechnology. Business Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students interested i n the field of business. Reid Scholarship - awarded to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education. GertrudeS. Lund Memorial Scholarship - One or more scholarships will be awarded annually t o a junior or senior majoring i n Business Administration. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - given to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Awarded to students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement i n the field of Chemistry. Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry 5cholarship. Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Federick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship. Dr. W. M. Silndsfrom Chemistry Scholarship. Walter Cordon Schell Memorial Chemislrv Scholarship. Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship. Education David Mathre Scholarship - awarded to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term i n which they are student teaching. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Professor P.A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship - awarded to an outstanding student i n the field of English. Foreign Language M i m i Baez Kingsley M o d e r n Language Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in a modern language with preference given to those who plan to teach language as a career. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available to language majors studying a language abroad during the academic year, to help with travel expenses. Aspecial application i s required by the Foreign Language Department. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who i s planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship - established in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or health. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - awarded annually to a history major. The Rev. and Mrs. 0.1.Haukeness Award - given to a senior student for excellence in the study of history. H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given to those who plan a career i n the field. Library Science Library ScienceScholarship -established choosing librarianship as a career. in 1971 to honor one or more outstandingstudent(s) Mathematics Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship - generally awarded to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring i n mathematics or the sciences on basis of need and academic ability. Matheinatics Scholarship - awarded to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to a student studying choral music. lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in stringed instruments. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship Fund -awarded to two or more students participating in athletics or music. The award is "made to students who have demonstrated financial need" and/or "of high Christian character." 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship - awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/orinstrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and who show promise of over;~ll academic success. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship - awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Edwin W.and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship-awarded to music majors preparingforcareers in church music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarshippromise i n the field of music. awarded to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding Schubert Club Scholarship - awarded annually to a music therapy student. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship - awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a rnajor/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. John and Vera Thut Scholarship - one or more scholarships will be awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Physics Theodore physics. J.Hanwick Scholarship - awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring i n Political Science Political Science Scholarship - A n political science. award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize - awarded annually to a student i n the general field of Christian Sociology. 24/Student Life Religious Life - 25 Student Government - 25 'Athletics - 26 Student Activities - 26 Student Services - 26 Center for Student Development - 27 Intercultural Center - 27 Health Service - 28 Food Service - 28 Residence Life - 28 Student Rights - 29 ' D a y in May" - a Spring celebration Student Life/25 Student Life Your experiences in rhe classroom are the primary aspecr of your colle e life, but learning and development also occur i n formal and informal aaivitiesof t e College and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you will find that the climate for learning and living a t Augsburg can add dimension to your education. &, Religious Life As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academicand social, growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Since our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, QUr worship life i s characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bibhe studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and ]usrice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, and plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression i n chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday to give thanks and hear the Word proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. W e seek ro develop a graduafly change and church. we encourage the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center t o be readily available for counseling, consultation or information on ways to get more involved in religious activity and groups. Student Government Student government i s the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relatfenship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide input into t h e decision-making process a t Aug~burg.Student government also sponsorsand direasstudent aaivities, protectsjtuclent righrs, and provides the means fordisclrisiansand action on a l l issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government i s organized info the executive branch, the legislative branch, and t h e judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring except for freshmen who elea their r e resentatives in !he fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are posr;lble ram proqram planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. li you want to get in~oliled,contact the President or Vice President of the student society in their offices in the College Center. /' Social, Cultural, and Recreational Throu hout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as we~fasi n the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities i n various fields. 26/Student Services The College Center is the focus of leisure-time activ%yo n campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augshur Echo, and the yearbook, the Augburgian, are on the lower level. l s n y of the c l u f r rhat unite clarrroom or non-clasrroorn related intererrs meet in r h e Center. KC,MR, fludent-operated nan-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and t h e surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located i n Mortensen Tower. There are several opportunities for partici ation in music and drama. In addition to appearing an campus and in the city, t e Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform o n national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater a n 5 department. R lntercollegiate Athletics Au sburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) a n 8 is a member of both the National Association of Intercollegiate Athletics (NAIA) and the National Co[legiate Athletic Association (NCAA). Men annually compete in football. soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, track Pc field. and $oftball. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition i n a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there i s open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are served by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services kugsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the cont~xZin which l ~ a r n i lakes n ~ place i s a crirical tactor in a t h i ~ v i n optimal g growth. Knowled e grows from mare than intellectual endeavors. Expandin iela~ionships,e r p 6 r i n g v ~ i u e r ,identifying Me styles, develnping auranomy an ~nterdependence, finding purposeand commitment -all combine with in~ellectual content and skills to produce the desired educarional impact of the collegc on its 3 students. The Division of S t u d ~ n thifairs has been created to sup' ort this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the t i n e of trans er, you will receive a copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a College Educat~on.This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to pIan. SEMAPHORE was designed tb act as a sort of road map for you. P CSD, Intercultural Center/27 Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of services to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your firrt academic year and pre-register for classes. You and your parents ger acquainred with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stav in thcdormitorv, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to the many quesi~omyou have about college life. Career Plannin and Placement. You rnav be uncertain about where you want to be when you finis r your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a lour-year career development plan to help vou assess yourself. explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry inlo the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review rheir interests with a counselor. ? Human Devefo ment Seminars. A serles of informal "mini-courses'' are offered each year to herp you grow in understanding of yaurrelf and vour relatinnrhip ro orhers. Such topics a s PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships], y. JobSeeking, and Sexuality are Issues i n Men'< and Women's I d ~ n t ~ rAssertiveness. available. Information on current offerings and opparrunityto register are provided several times during t h e year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studving, n o t e - t a k i n ~and , testing by attendine one or more of the workshop5 offered. You a150 win have an opportunity to meet with a counselor T O diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult t o cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available to help students who are experiencing personalhnterpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire t o explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This i s a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in the city, committed t o the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support program to meet the special needs of lndian students. The American lndian Programs Director provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve educational opportunities for American Indians. Black Student Programs. A counselor with responsibilities in recruitment, supportive services, community service and activities coordinates Black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and programs. 28/Residence Life The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events which can increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like to be part of the activities of this group, contact the faculty member who i s appointed lnternational Student Adviser. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside A v ~ n u ~ a c r o rhc s s strcer from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service. and prescriptions a r e availab[e through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure to check \,our iarnily health coverage toc3etermine if you are included; if n o r , a studen7 health insurance plan is avarlahle. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Thechinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center,features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes t h a ~a srudentk aabilitv to respond to the learning r conditions, a variety of l~ousing environmen r depends, i n art, upon his or h ~living aliernatives i i provided. TEe residence hall program i i designed to promoterrudcnt growth throu3h relationships with other students and being an acjive parricipant in yroupdeci51on-makin?. Each restdenc~unit h a s o n e o r m o w Resiclent Staff who are able to factlitare the process of group living asnell asdiscuss personal concernswith Individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live i n collegeoperated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and Kueffner Apartments. Students enpaye a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New studentc r ~ c e i v eroom assignments during the summer before they enroll at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All res~dentstudcnts must 3ign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 i n order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June1will be provided housing only if space i s available. Student Rights/29 All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This elevenstory high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, i s an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Another alternative option i s Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunitv to f r v R r O U p living. Grou 5 of upperclass men or women share living space, house ieiponribil~rier.and coo!ine. Houier are loca~edin the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation ii TO avail vourself of the opportunitv to bid far a house as a Special lnteresr House. Groups of 5tudents have c r ~ a t ~evciting d projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals o n such ropics as Environmeniat Concerns, Men's and Women's A w a r e ness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads,and lamps. Laundry facilitiesare available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopled a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has providecl lor due proces5 in matters of disciplinarv action, grievances. and grade appeal. The judicial Council i s clecred by s~udenzsandIacultvand serve5 tocondua hearings and review matterr of concern. 4ny student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures forcomptainr should rontaa the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in romptianre with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Studenrs have the right t o inspect all official records, filesand data which pertain ro them and w h ~ c hare maintained i n the Officeof the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before lanuary 1, 1975. or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on the inside front cover of this Catalog. 30/Academic Information Degrees - 31 Academic Calendar - 31 Faculty - 31 Library, Audio-Visual, Computer - 32 Divisions - 32 Majors & Minors - 33 Teaching Licensure - 34 Certification Programs - 34 Pre-Professional Programs - 34 inter-Institutional Programs - 36 Study Abroad - 37 Honors Program - 38 Internship Program - 38 Continuing Education - 38 Registration - 38 Graduation Requirements - 39 Hats off to the graduating seniors! Distribution Requirements -40 Grading - 41 Auditing Courses - 41 Grade Point Average - 42 Classification - 42 Advanced Placement - 42 Advanced Standing - 42 Probation and Dismissal - 42 Dean's List - 43 Graduation with Distinction - 43 lndependent/Directed Study - 43 Veterans - 43 Brief Facts - 44 Course Numbering - 46 Prerequisites - 46 Academic Information/31 Academic Information Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide studen~swirh a broad liberal arts backgrount! - In the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major studv i n one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own course af study with the help of facult! advisers. Augsburg graduates are expecred to bc able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns. and 20 have some understand~ngof cultures outside the United Stares. General recreational activirres roursej acquaint students with and e uip rhem for lifetime sports. Courses In religion assist i n reflection on the ~ Church rhruugh i t u d v a i i a h e l i r i r rcrlprure.and mission. meaning 0 7 t h Chrlrrian Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science dcgrees. The B.S. degree i s a w a r d ~ dto graduates with majors in Medical TcchnoEoyv, Music Therapv. Nursing and Social Work. Majors in music may select the program lor the achet tor of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree. Graduates with majors i n other fields rcceive the Rachclor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14weeksseparated by a 4-weekJanuary Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar i s coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration). Ianuarv Interim i 5 particularly intended to be a time for both srudenrs and facuttv to ernplov styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the r ~ g u l a rtrrm. The Interim cafalog. publishetj in the fall of each year. I S d i ~ ~ r i h l r t etod a l l ~tudentsand i s available bv contacting the tnterim Ofiice. In addirion to classes offcrcd on campus, there are a variety of travel oppor~unitieswilhinthe IJnited Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many In~erirnoptions. Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio i s approximately 14 t o 1. Faculty membersserve as academicadvisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental listing, u i t h f u r t h ~ rinformation in the Augsburg College Faculty section. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and triendjy student library assistants make the library a favorite place to 5tudy. The main library houses over 138,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films, Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. 32/Academic Organization Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. A service-dedicated staff providesstudents with assistance 10 meet diverse informainstruction in the use of the library, standard ref~renceservice, tion needs includ~ng guidance in pursuing term paprr topius, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements arr made for access by srudentr with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center provides facilities for classes in broadcasting and for audio-visual materials. Assistance with the production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings is available for faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Computer Resources Augsburg has a PDP 31-60 with central memory of 256 kilobytes and terminals at several campus locations. The College also has several Apple S I microcomputers, a Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer, and KIM-1 laboratory microcomputers. Augsburga150 has a access to large computers through both Minnesota Educational Computer Con5ottium and the University of Minnesota. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The colle e curriculum i s offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions or administrative and instructional purposes. B Humanities - Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Earl R. Alton (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Myles Stenshoel (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, ~sychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Rosalie V. Clark (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors and Minors/33 Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by theend of the fourth semester and earlier i n some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. M a j o r s available at Augsburg are: A r t History Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Marketing) Chemistry Communication East Asian Studies' Economics Economics-Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Mathematics M i n o r s available at Augsburg Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies' East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English M e d i c a l Technology3 M e t r o - U r b a n Studies Music Music Therapy Natural Science Nursing Philoso h y Physica~Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social W o r k Sociology Speech Studio A r t Theater Arts Transdisciplinary are: Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Library Science Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Special Education Speech Studio Art Theater Art It i s possible for students t o complete other majors through the ACTC. Students w h o wish t o complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students t o take beginning and intermediate courses i n Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital 34/Licensure, Certification Teaching Licensure Teaching Licemure programs are offered at Augsburg i n Elementary Education, Kindrrpartcn. Prekindergarten, and thp iolrowing t i ~ l d sin 5econdarv Education: English-Languag~Arts. Frrnch, German, Health. Lite Science, Mathematics, Physrcal Science (Chcrnis~rvor Physics), Scienc~(Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech. Theater Arts. and in the special areas of Art (K-121, MUSIC[K-12). and Phvsical Education (K-72). h minor i50ffered i n L~brilrvSci~nre.Students planning TO teach an the secondary level h a t e advisers both in the Education department and t h e area of their academic rnajor(~I. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or to enhance personal growth: Certification in Art -requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Charrperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women. Interested students should contact Dr. Toni Clark. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical educatian. The pro ram i s designed to meet or exceed criteria used i n The American Lutheran C urch certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. t - Provides the background for performing systematic assessmentsof programsfor social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For futher information, contactthe Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It i s recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study a t Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each held to assist students in their planning. It i s recommended thar students who want to plan a pre-professional program consult with a faculty adviser early in their freshman year. Augsburg offers a wide scope of courses in the humanities, natural and social sciences, religion and philosophy which will provide the preparation for future professional study. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112; Phy~i- 727, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124; General Psychology, 1course. Requirementsat other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - Augsburg offers a dualdegree program of liberal arts and engineering in c o o p ~ r a t i o nwith t h e Washington University of Engineering and Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri,and the M~chiganTechnological University i n Houghton, Michigan. See Engineering in the department/course section for information on the course requirements i n t h ~ sThree-Two Plan of studies. Pre-Law - Students planning to pursue a career i n law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools. and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoe!. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law i n the United States, to help determine whether they possess an interest i n law. Since law schools encourage students to maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student ~ h o u l dbe aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education t o repare for study in medicine. A t Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments eave majors specially der~ynedior pre-medical students. Barh require Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), Matnematics 124, 125; and Physics 124, 122. The Chernisrry major also requires Chemistry 353,361, one advanced course, seminar. and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires Biology 117,112,491 and one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355,473,474),1440, 471,476), with 353 recommended. Designed t o meet the Univenity of Minnesota requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged t o consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a two-year program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116,351.352; Econarnicsl22,123; English 111 andasecond course; Health Education 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122: electives from humanities, literature and the arts to futfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparatron includes Religion 111, 221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy: and Creek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine a1 the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: English.? courses; Mathematics 124; publics eaking,l course; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,112; Pfysics 121,112; Economics, 1 course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, histor , political science, psychology or sociology courser ta fulfill the rest of the Jstribution requirements. Requirements a t other universities may vary. 36/1 nter-l nstitutional Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through C.L.I.C., the Twin Cities private collcgps library consortium, and Minitex, the statewide library network, he ,%ugsbur~ community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 138,000 books, periadicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at another campus. No additional fee i s required for such an exchange, except for private ins~ructionin music and some independent studies. SPP Independent Study For further details. Students mav elen to participate i n zhe cooperative program to ~ a i n new p~rzpecrives,to get berter acquainted wirh the other school^, or ro undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. Thc c o l l ~ q e shave c o a r d i n a t ~ dcalendarr. The interim term mav also be l a k e n on another campus. .4 regularly scheduled busshutt les students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program - A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program i n social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses i n computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Study Abroad/37 Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate i n Air Force ROTC at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of international experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on lnternational Study at Augsburg from the Director of lnternational Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an international program. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo) or the South American Urban Semester (Bogota) programs. Both programs are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions. ' Interim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued each spring for the following January. lnternational Business Program - See under Business Administration, page 53. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month IivingAearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College i n London and Heidelberg; the University of Bath, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland; the University of Seville, Spain; and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates i n the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships to enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad a topic of one'schoice during the following summer,and the writing of a paper upon return. 38/Academic Policies Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish-to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and sometimes accelerated course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors student forums and options i n completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries should be addressed to Dr. Benjamin Cooper, Honors Director. Internship Program The Internship Program i s a college-wide program. It provides students i n almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses, both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally i n the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburg's continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration - Semesters, Interim, Summer A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normafly register for four courses a semester and onecourse in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5courses,~tudentsmu57 contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. A joint class schedule i s published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Se arate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office and Summer Sc ool Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. FI Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar, Science 114, Fall and Spring terms Interim Office, Memorial 230, Interim Summer School Office, Memorial 230, Summer School Graduation Requirements/39 Freshmen and transfer students have an opportunity to pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students have an opportunity to pre-register duringtheiall for the spring and duringthespring for both the fall and the following spring. All students must confirm their registration at rhe beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangemenrs. Arthough a student may register up t o two weeks after the semester begins, registrarlon i s encouraged at the regularly scheduled rime. Special fees are charged for late cegistration. Special feesalso are c h a r g ~ sfor cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after t h e f1r51 f ~ v edays of a semester. Students are urged not to abandon murscsfor which thev are registered, since this results i n a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done i n the Registrar's Office. Cancellations from college and resulting adjustments i n accounts are effective as of the date the completed Cancel from College form IS rerurned to t h e Office of the Registrar. Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified i n the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. .4t least 71 courses musr he upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not m a r e ~ h a n13 may be in one d c p a r ~ m e n t except , i n certa~napproved majors for !he B a c h ~ t o rof Science/Arts degrec. 1: for the Barhelar of Music ancl Bachelor of Scienre in Musrc Jhera v degrees, and 18 In the Bachclor of Science i n Nursing degree. The course rota must tnclude t h r e ~ In~erimsfor student5 w h o s ~complete academic work 1 5 a t Augsburg. Far rransfer students, the course toral m u ~includc t one less inrrrim course than the number of vears at 4ugsburq. F No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35rotal courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources 4CHR) courses: ? courses bv inde ~ n d e n t / directed study; 4 courses of internship: and 8 courses with a grade o Pass tP). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these lirnirs: 2 in the major except Elemcnrarv Education and Nursing; 1 i n the minor if approvcd by the department chairperson. P Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Office of the Registrar about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a major. Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged. 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major, except for Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5 averages are required. 40/Distri b u t i o n R e q u i r e m e n t s 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematin-Physics Chemistry-Biolog Psychology-Sorio ogv English-Speech. Communication Rc Theater Arrs Y Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music Foreign Languages - Two courses (I11 and 112) of one foreign language at Aufsburg. Students who test above the Illlevel of a foreign language will take one ad ~ t ~ o ncourse al at placement level in that language o r t w o courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies - Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required i s one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Office of the Registrar. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement i n courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are-offered with grading oprions - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or rhe Pass/NonCreditsystem.in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade o tion with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorabc on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are raded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional s y s t ~ m English . Illis grafed P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, gnd Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence " Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. r2n incomplete qrade mav be given ontv in the case of extreme emergency. To rcceive it, a siudent must file a pelifinn with he Carnmirtee on Student Sfanding staling the reasons for the rtqucrt, the plan and d a t p tor removing it.and comments from the insrructar If permission is granted, the i n c o r n p l ~ tmust ~ be removed during the foTlowing scrnester, ar i t becomes rhe grade s u b m i t t ~ dbv the teacher along wirtl rhe incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an independent o r d i r e r r ~ ds1udvcour5eor internship that is to be spread aver more than enesemester. Strch a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of S wi[I remain on the t ~ c o r dIf. X i s given, the course must be registered for a s 1 Y In the lollowing term tn order that credit and a grade may be a5sipncdm A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under Expenses. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). 42/Classification, Probation Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) i s based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed i n the G PA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the be inning level i s granted to students with scores of 3.4, and 5 a n t h e CEtB Advanced Wacement Program Test. ~ d d i t i o n a l credit or placement i s at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of rhe Registrar. Advanced Standing College credit is granted to high school students who havesuccessfuIIycompleted a college level course and who have scored high on he Advanced Placement Examinations. Augsburg will also award credir on the basisof scorer. received on the College Level Examination Proyam (CLEF) ofiered by the College Entrance Examination Board. Requests for detailed information should b~ addressed to the Office of the Registrar. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed ort schotastic probation at the end of t h e term i f his or her athie~ernentis unsat~sTac~ory. A student who has been on probation two or morc C O ~ S P C U serncjrera ~ ~ ~ C is subject to di;rn~ssal at the end of tlie term. Dismissal f r o m the College is not automatic. Each c a w I S reviewed bv the Committee on Student Stand~ng.A student who has a poor a c a d ~ m i crecord mav b e s~rongtyadvised to withdraw before t h e end of the term. ,4 studenr who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. A student will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as a freshman for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from robation if their classification changes to sophomore and ihev h a v e not earnexadditional zero grades. Students placed on probation as a sophomore for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Study Options, Veterans/43 Dean's List The Dean's List i s published after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportun~tiesforconscientioussrudents who demonsrrate sufficient background and preparation i n a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Somed~partmentsalsoofferan opportunity for directed stud!: on a lower division level. A srudent who resisters for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete i t in one semester but may extend i t into the next term by permission of the instrucror. In such ca5es.a grade of X isgiven a t theend of the f l r 5 t term. and zhestudentwill registerapain forthe course to receive the final grade. Student3 interested in registering for directed or independent study must first secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Srudents may cross-register for inde endent studies at another ACTC school only when the majorfield in which rheinBcpendenl study i s proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs a~tarhed.Requests for exception to this policvshould be made directly to their own academic dean. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after anv period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn a t least three courses per term, the rntnirnum for classification as full-time students, It i s the responsibility of each veteran to report any change i n registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it i s for all students. A non-punitive rade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need ro three courses w i r bc n p o r ~ e d meet the requirements ol the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. 46/Departments, Courses Departments and Course Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, the student should consult the inctructors of the courses. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless anerher frrquency isspecified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim and Summer School are published in separate catalogs. A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Afull course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Coursesthat must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed i n the caurse descrip~ion.A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Consent of the instructor is indicated in some course descriptions by this sign: (#) Art Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, August Molder, Paul Rusten, Mary Swanson, Dorothy Williamson Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107, 225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be i n 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150,221,250). Majors are required t o begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement i s possible with portfolio on approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in two areas; Art History 240 and two other art history courses. Consult wirh Department of Education for requirements i n education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; Art History 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificatein Art: 8art courses, including one in Art History. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts i n the urban and world setting. Concern for thevisual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems i n representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 Jewelry An introduction to the making of jewelry in copper, brass, pewter, and silver. You learn how to cut, forge, enamel and cast these metals. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print hIakhg I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media includingetc hing,silk-screen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (Summer, Interim) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications i n magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.:225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:llB) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques i n transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition i n various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work i n sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman Period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, Fall, 1982) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Spring 1983) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specificemphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. (Alternate years, 1983-84) Biology Neal T h o r p e (Chairperson), Robert Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major - Option 1: 7 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f t h r e e groups: (1) 351,353,361; (11) 355,473,474; ( I l l ) 440,471,476; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122. Students i n t e n d i n g t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, i n c l u d i n g 111,112,491 a n d at least o n e course f r o m each o f five groups: (I) 351,353; (11) 355,474; (111)361,481; (IV) 471,473; (V) 440,476; Chemistry 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106), 351 and 352. Students w h o plan t o teach i n secondary schools o f t e n select this major. Licensure f o r teaching i n Minnesota also requires t r e e courses i n earth a n d life sciences. Students p l a n n i n g t o teach are advised t o consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require Chemistry 353. Minor: 5 courses, including Ill, 112 and three upper division courses; Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106). Honors Major: GPAof 3.5 in biology and 3.0overal1, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man havea niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment?What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man?(3 hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course i n the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or #; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both Biology 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal?What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources?What are the implicationsof genetic research,scientificracism, socio-biology, and inequities i n thedelivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.: Chemistry 109 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 110 or #. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor). 109 Special Topics i n Biology Offered periodically through Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students i n a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequenceexcept by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Fall 1984 and alternate years) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of thevertebrates. (3 hours lecture,4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Fall) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleicacids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, Chemistry 352 or #. Fall) 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring, 1984 and alternate years) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or #. Spring) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasison the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; Chemistry 106 or 116: Physics 103 or 122 or #. Fall, 1983 and alternate years) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included i n the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 52/Business Administration & Economics 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112,367 or #. Fall) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or #. Fall) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring i n biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & Economics Amin Kader (Chairperson), JamesE. Billings,Satya Gupta, Douglas Heidenreich, Roy LaFayette, Keishiro Matsumoto, Kenneth Rich, Edward M. Sabella. Business Administration Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262,263, 379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one f r o m 258,391, 392). At least three upper division courses a r e required. Far thoseplanningcareers i n accounting, completion of thetwo remaining courses i n thesequence 381,382,483, 484 is recommended. Courses i n data processing and compuTer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Finance: 9 Business Administrat ion courses (101,102,731,267,262,373,379, 478, and one from 381,382,483); 4 Economics courses (122,123,257, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. Economics 392, Mathematics 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 702,131,145,250, 261, 340, 379, 410, and 373 or 4781; 5 Economics courses (722. 123, 251, 340, 445); Philosophy 120; Psychotogy 371,373; Sociology 241 and 373 or 383; Speech 111 or English 223; Communications 354 or 355. Math. 114 is srronglv recommended. Major in Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,135,250,261, 330,379,430); 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258,445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications 351 o r 352 and also 353. Mathematics 114 i s strongly recommended. Majors i n Marketing and Management are strongly encouraged t o take other courses offered i n the department i n addition t o those listed above. Business Administration & Economics/53 M a j o r in l n t e r n a t i o n a l Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101,102,131, 135,261 a n d 399 o r 499 a n d two f r o m 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122,123, 379); Political Science 160; 3 Ian uage courses (or demonstrated proficiency) f r o m o n e o f t h e following: Arabic. C f i n e w , French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated w i t h t h e foreign language courses) f r o m 103,104,222,322,323,324,331,332,440,474; 8 International C o r e counes, i n c l u d i n g ~nternsh~p or i n d e p e n d e n t stud Core courses must be taken abroad (England and Germany, aiherr ro be addYedi. Erceprionr may b e p e r m i t t e d with department a proval General descriprions follow. Students who plan to major in lnternafionaPBusin& should mnract t h e depanment's international adviser. Amin Kader, as s o o n as possible t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. lnternational C o r e Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysisand sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations -The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysisof international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiarie; and parent company; ~r~anizational'behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational C o r e Courses - 3 to b e Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms'of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation. lnternational Economic Policies - The economic factors i n diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economicaspectsof economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance -The relevance of international finance; participants i n the international payments scene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments on the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. 54/Business Administration & Economics Minor: 6 courses, inchding Business Administration 101,102, and one of 261,373, 379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and Economics 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have corn feted the major i n Busine5s Administration-Accounting, taken all accounting and !usines, Taw counes offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Phyrici general college requirement by taking mathematics, and completed at least 5 courses but not more than 1 2 courses of related business subjects (Economics, Finance and Mathematics). Students who have completed theabove requirements arequalified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Acceuntancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Notes: Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged t o select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order t o carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these have been offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation. 101 Principles of Financial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commerical Code. (Spring) 135 Introduction t o Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and tech~ologicalfactors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Spring) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (Fall) 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. (Fall) 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) Business Administration & Economics/55 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long-term assets. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Fall) 263 lntermediate Accounting II An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making i n marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 135 or #. O n Demand) 340 Personnel Administration Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 145 or #. O n Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101,102) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102. Fall) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course creditsthrough an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition thestudent will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only). 430 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or #. O n Demand) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: Junior or Senior or #. Spring) 56/Business Administration & Economics 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the risk/return relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and Institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. Economics 392 is strongly recommended. Fall) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. Spring) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263. Spring, 1983) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Economics Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122,123, 251, 258, 454 and three other upper division); Business Administration 101, 102, 379; Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence i s very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in economics. I n addition, courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major in Applied konomics: I] Economics courses 1122,123,251,258,454 and 445 or 453 and t h r e e other upper division); Business Adrninistrarion 101, f 02, 379, 479: Philosophy 130; Mathemafics 124,125, 215, 224, 2'14. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended. Mathematics 373 may be substituted for Business Admrnistration 379. Thestudent isstrongly encouraged to take ather Economics course^. in addition t5 those I isted above. Combined Major in Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses (122,123,251,258 and one upper division); 6 Business Adm~nistrationcourses (101, 102,261,373,379and one upper division). Courses in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student i s very strongly encouraged to take additional courses both i n business administration and economics. Minor: .Economics 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Business Administration & Economics/57 Honors Major: GPA o f 3.50 i n t h e major, a n d 3.0 overall; a senior thesis a n d comprehensive oral examination i n t h e major f i e l d o f concentration. the courses listed below, these topics have b e e n o f f e r e d u n d e r 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History o f Economic Thought, Research Methods f o r Economics, a n d Business Advanced Economic Theory a n d Decision-Making w i t h f i n i t e Markov Chains, Notes: I n addition t o Economics 120,122 a n d 123 w i l l satisfy general education requirements. Economics 120 w i l l satisfy t h e urban concerns requirement. Students w h o Ian t o major i n t h e d e a r t m e n t are strongly encouraged t o select a department alviser as soon as porsibre i n o r d e r t o carefully p l a n their p r o g r a m o f study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topirs. (Economics 120 i s a basic course designed for those studenrswho dn not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Ecunomirs major or minor. Students who plan to major i n Business Administration andfor Economics should instead enroll i n 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken i n either order, or may be taken i n the same term i n order for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122or 120. Economics 122and 123 may betaken i n either order.or may be taken in the same term in order for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 250 Data Processing An introduction to COBOL and other non-scientific programming languages. Does not apply toward a major or minor i n economics. 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 58/Business Administration & Economics 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 123, Bus. Ad. 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring, O n Demand) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra. Fall) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and publicexpenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role i n relation t o aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which i s applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Cannot be taken in Interim only) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices i n business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: Econ. 251 or equivalent or #. Spring, O n Demand) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 251,258 and at least Math. 122 or equivalent or #. O n Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or #. O n Demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methodsthrough use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented i n the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379 or equivalent or #. No lab fee. Spring) 295,495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #) 499 Independent Study The Student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: #) Chemistry Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John Holum, Richard Olmsted, Sandra Olmsted Graduation M a j o r in Chemist : 175,176, (or 105,106) 35I,352,353, 361 and one advanced c a u n e which may inxude Biochemistry; participation i n seminar; Physics 127,722; Mathematics 124,125. Since u per division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisires, students shoul plan to take Mathematics 124, 125 i n the freshman year and Physics 121,122 in the sophomore year. d' American Chemical Society Approved Major: 11courses including 115,116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry courses above 350, Chemistry seminar partici ation; Mathematics 224; Physics 121,122 (which rhould be taken during the sopromore year). Reading ability i n German equivalent to one semester also required. Teaching Literrsure: Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352, 353,361, 362,482,491 (Biology 367 may be substituted for362); Physics 245. Studentsare advised t o consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. I n addition, medical schools expect at least t w o courses (and usually more) i n biology. Students should consulr members of the chemistry department for assistance i n planning a course program early i n their coilege career. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (105, 106), 353 and t w o other chemistry courses above 300 (Biology 367 may be one of the courses). Honors Majors: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer o r course of approved research; participation i n seminar. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed beforeenrolling in thegiven course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade o f 2.0 or higher t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term o f a two-term course i n registering for the second term. Placement i n 105 or 115 i s determined by the score o n the Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry i s a prerequisite for 115. 105, 106 Principles o f Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students w h o will not major i n chemistry, although students may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students w h o need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers i n allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. O p e n also t o students in the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications t o human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major o r minor i n chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both Chemistry 109 and 105 o r 115 nor can credit be earned for both Chemistry 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. 109 Fall, 110 Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry A n intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. Thesecond emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, math placement. 115 Fall, 116 Spring) 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis o n mechanisms and multistepsynthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium i n detail and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includestrace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 o r 116. Fall) 361, 362 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states o f matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry i n the second semester. (3 onehour lectures, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353; Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125. 361, Fall; 362, Spring) 399 Internship Opportunity for off-campus experience as a chemist. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or #; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or #. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or #. Spring) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience beforegraduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Juniorstanding). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. (JuniorStanding) 62/East and Southeast Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers two options: 1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japaneseare tought on one of the five ACTC campuses, o r Augsburg students maytake Chinese coursesat Harnline University. Therealso i s a contracrual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Xrian Studies Department for Chinese and lapanese language coursps. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hon kong and Singapore. Summer inrii~uterare ava~lablei n ihe Paeple'r Republic ofChina and in the U.S. See the director for information and procedureto register for any of thesecourses or t ravel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Ma'or in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic col ege Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. I Minor in East Asian Studies -5 courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. I t is designed t o be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from History 322,323,324; one from Philosophy 355, Religion 356, Sociology 241; one from History 474, Political Science 351,363, 382; and one from History 226,399,495,499. History 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modern China (See under Department of History) 324 Modern Japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines t o apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) tconomics See Business Administration and Economics Education Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar Johnson, Lauretta Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Prekindergarten, and Secondary Education. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it i s within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable to requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg College. Orientation t o Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To enroll i n other education courses, a student must first apply and be admitted t o the teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Major and licensure Requirements: M i n i m u m of 8.5 education courses (255, 351. 383, and two profesrional semesters); Health Education 114,775; Library Science347, 358; Academic rnlnor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic rninor,and grades of P in srudent teachin courres required for Iicensure; fulfill requiiementr of Minnesota Board of Teac\ing 5 MChR 3.041 in Human Relations. The first professional semester, forjuniors, includes341,352,353.381,382, 384. [Courses 381, 382, 383, 384 are one-half courses. The secand professional semester includes 481,482 and eleaives (483.484,478,499). Kindergarten License R e uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 385 and student teaching at t%e Kindergarten level. Prekindergarten Education Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator) License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Sociology 231; Prychology 351; Elementary Education 325, 425, 483 or 484 (160 hours of student teach~ng).For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to a l l students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of h~s/her life in relat~anro the eifects of present-dav society and culture upon the child. Current developments include innova!ions,Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other ~nrerventionsandcompensatorvprograms.Class sessions and two hours per week of lab. experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of ~ e a c h i n Reading ~ Thestudy and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources in theteaching of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall) 352,353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learningsettings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 or #. Spring) 381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent r-egistrationin 352, 353. Spring) 382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall) 384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resourcesfor social studies and language arts taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration in 352, 353. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed., Summer I) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 425 Prekindergarten Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Classsessionsand two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) 481,482 Student Teaching I Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N, K, and/or elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and program approval. Fall, Spring) 483,484 Student Teaching II Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481,482. Fall, Spring) 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 lndependent Study ('/2 or 1 course) Study of specific areas i n education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the elementary education faculty. Secondary Education Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet a!! specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure.This consultation is, recommended in addition to conferring with rhe student's major field adviser. ticensure Program Requirements for Secondary Education: (1) Application for admittance and acceptance into the Depanment of Education teacher licensure program. This may be made before, concurrently or after the Orientalion course. Application formsare available in the Education Department oRice. Belare applving for admission, studentsshauld receive approval from the department or division of 'their declared major. A student ma take education courses after the Orientation course only i f he or she has been adYmiited into the program of the Department of Education: (2) GPA of 2.0 everalt,2.Qin required education couries,and at least 2.5 i n the major and minor; (3) Applicarion for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (41 Completion of Minnrsota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 i n H u m a n Relations through hugrburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required courses 0%t h e education program: Psychology 105: Health Education 114, 115; Educatian 265,354,388,478, specia I methods i n thrl area of t he student's major, and a minimum of two or three courses in student teaching ar required. Requirementsfor State of Minnesota L-icensurefor Teaching in SecondarySchaols: (through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): 11) 5.A- or 8.5. degree; (21 College major or minor in a teaching area; (33 Fulfill hlinnesota Board of Teaching 5 :MCAR 3.011 in Human Retarions Isucces5ful completion of Augsburg Education program meets requirerncnr); (4) Psvchologv 105: (5) Health Education 114,115: (6)2.0 GPA i n professional education courses and a ? i n required s ~ u d e n t teaching courses, 2.5 GPA in major or minor. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one o f t hese areas follows the secondary educarion program even though he or she plans to reach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special arras will take three courses i n studen1 teaching and do some student teaching at both rhe secondary and elemen~aryrevels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 367,361: rhe Physical Education major i o r 365: and t h e music major for 373. Arl and Physical Education reacher education programs lead to licensure in K-12. Music teacher education programs lead l o liccnsure in r h e following areas: ( 7 ) Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12): 121 Orchestra (K-121 and Classroom Music (5-12): (3) Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9); or (4) Vocal and C[assroom Music (5-11). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement of at least four "good" and three "minimal" ratings on the Modern Language Association Competency Tests is required. The candidate will take the MLA tests before undertaking student teaching. The results will be recorded in the candidate's permanent file in the Department of Education. The Professional Term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in one full-time term in professional education, Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are held during the term aspart of the professional work, kstudent taking two courses i n student teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study. AII studenrs are expecred robe ~nvolvedfull-time i n theactivities of tRe prOfR5iOI?a~ term. 265 Orientation t o Education i n an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigate5 various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction t o Special Education (See Special Education) 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Library Science) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching i n learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 265, Psychology 105) N o t e o n Special M e t h o d s Courses: With the general methodology course, one or more education courses i n special methods must be taken from the department of the major field. (Prereq.: 265, or Elementary Education 255, and 354or may be taken concurrently with 354. Courses 361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.) 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching i n a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 373 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures i n science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history i n secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 410 Health Methods (See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on thestudy of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society The emphasik in this course i s on the school in relation to society with particular attention t o urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses,except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Special Education Barry Franklin (Coordinator) M i n o r : 6 courses, including 282,491; Psychology 351,357; one course chosen from Health and Physical Education 354, Music 110 (Interim) or 395, Psychology 362, Secondary Education 385 (Interim), or Social Work 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from Linguistics 289, Psychology 352 or 359, or Secondary Education 388. Biology 103 i s recommended as an additional course. 282 lntroduction to Special Education lntroduction to the field of special education. An examination of the mature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education I A supervised field placement i n a facility for an,exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall) Engi neeri ng/69 Library Science Marjorie Sibley, Grace Sulerud (Coordinators), Karen Harwood, James Olson, Irene Schilling, Louisa Smith Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4 courses, including 245,358,359,475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquistion, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation.( Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Services and Sources Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 Independent Studv Independent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College i s cooperating with the Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis, Missouri) and Michigan Technolo ical University (Houghton, M ichigan),in a Three-Two Plan of studies which w i l l ena l e a student to earn the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an e n ineering baccalaureate degree f r o m Washington University or Michigan Technokpical University in a five-year period. 6 The first three ears are spent a t Au sbusg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Stu ents accepted into t e program are guaranteed admission to the en ineering school, provided they have met course requirements, haveaB average, an8 are recommended by a designated representative of Augrburg College. d E Students receiving financial aid who are participants i n the Three-Two Plan will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. M i n i m u m Course Requirements for Admission fo the Three-Two Plan: Math 124, 125,224,226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115,176; Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally Math 124,725 and Physics 127,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students are encouraged t o apply for admission to the program during their sophomore year. Early consultation with the adviser i s encouraged. English Richard Sargent, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, Toni Clark, John Gidmark, Ann Goodwin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Grier Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, Richard Sargent, Donald Warren, David Wood Major: 9 English courses above 717, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or272); and three courses in British literature,oneon literature before1660 (for exarnpie,331 or438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encauraged ta take Enulish 245 early i n their colllege work and tocrensu~ttheirdeparrmental adviser regular7 A rtudenrwith a double major or r ecial program that involver considerable w o r t in the English departrnenr should apo work closely with an adviser in the department. Major for Teaching Licensure i n English-Language Arts: 10 English courses, includingthose listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2Speech courses, one from 111,351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366; Library Science 475. Courses i n early American literature, Shakespeare and film arerecommended. I n addition to fie1 ' experience and student teaching required by rhe D e p a r t m ~ n of t Education, majors rvill be required to gain practical experience in teaching writin be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouragec to rake courses toward their major d u r ~ n the freshman and ~ophornoreyears, enroll i n Orientation to Education i n the all term of the sophomore year and applv for teacher education not later than the fall of their iunior year. i n addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. '" B Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall, submit program t o department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee i n senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Noteon Concentration: I n additionto meeting requirementsfor the major, English majors may, i f they wish,develo an area of emphasis,such as British concentration, f American concehtration, worl literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives i n the major, by the designof an independentstudy course that ap lies to the cancentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the epartrnent. English majors should B work closely with their advisers i n developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: English 111 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d b u t n o t a prerequisite f o r a l o w e r division literature course. Prerequisite f o r an u p p e r division course is successful c o m p l e t i o n o f a l o w e r division literature course o r consent o f t h e instructor. 101 Developmental Writing .4preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/hl grading only. 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasison expository writing. Attention t o correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or2.0-4.O/N. I n order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students'papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course i s to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student i s first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community newsstories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artisticqualitiesand the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 lntroduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted t o developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writersfrom colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention i s also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. -271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Astudy of majorworksof Greekand Roman literature,for example theepicsof Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus,Sophocles, and Euripides, thecomedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements,authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1983-84) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention t o the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships amongthese writersand their influence on one anotherwill be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis i s given to the city as setting and symbol i n modern American literature. 366 Poetry Study of the poem as a concentrated, esthetic form of human expression and experience. The course emphasizes modern American and British poetry, but also includes a generous selection of traditional and contemporary poems, both in English and i n translation from selected international poets such as Rilke and Neruda. A diverse range of forms, moods, themes, and techniques i s represented, and the relationship between traditional poetry and modern poetry i s examined. (On demand) Foreign Languages/73 368 Modern Drama Slgnlflcant worLr of Ameriran.Rritish, and continental dramatlstsof the twent~ethcentury, wlth emphasls on represen1arlrbcr.from the major movements such as Naturalism, Ex~stent~al~sm, T h e a t ~ rof the Absnrd, and Tran~forrnat~onal~sm Plays by women and mlnorltles are included. [On demand) 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey o i the development of the novel in Engiand from its eighteenth century beginnings up trr the twentieth century. Novels studied wiIl be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, R~chardson,Fielding.Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte,Thackeray, Elio~,H~ardy,and Butler. Attention will beqiven to theconditionscontributing to therlseof the novel and its emergence by the twentieth centrrry a5 rhe dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1982-83) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays- comedies, histories,tragedies-with attention tothe development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 490,491 English Seminar Course490, a themeor movement; course491, a majorwriter or a major work. Enrollment open to juniors and seniors. (On demand) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. Foreign Languages Mary Johnson (Chairperson), Ruth Aaskov, Liv Dahl, Leif Hansen, Mary Kingsley, William Oyler, Madeleine Renaud, Gunta Rozentals, Maria Schweikert, Soterios Stavrou, Donald Steinmetz Students with previous foreign language study should register i n courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement Levels: 111, under t w o years of high school study i n that language or equivalent background; 211, t w o t o three years of languagestudy; 311,four years or m o r e of that language. Students should arrange for the Language Placement Test only if they wish t o take a course above the level determined by previous studies i n that language. Those with satisfactory levels o n the test may be placed i n 112,212, o r 311. Students who elect t a t a k ~a course below the one in which they are placed by r h e Language Department may d o so, bat grading for such a course must be P/N only. The language requirement will b e satisfied only by completion of the course i n which the studenr was originally placed. Credit and grading far that course may be traditional. 74/Foreign Languages For majors, a minimum of four upper division courses at Augsburg Coltege is required for graduation. A maximum of four upper division nun-kugsburgcourses may be accepted. No fewer than two of these four courses should be taken abroad. For minors, a minimum of two upper division courses at Augsburg College i s required for graduation. For transfer students intending t o major or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended is specified. See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Course 112 completes basic elements of the language. Courses numbered 211,212 meet useable skill levels. Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper division courses. Teaching Litensure: Teacher candidates in French. German and 5 anish mug consult with the Department of Educalion for specific information an enrollment in rhe program. Methods courses bv language are joinr ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of t h e s ~ n i o year. r A 3 0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition i s a departmental requirement forteachin? majors. Licensur~requires successfulcorn letion of the Modern Language As5ociation Competencv Exam. See Requirements or State of Minnesota ticensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools. p. 66. 8 P Chinese Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French Major: 8 courses above 212, including two in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and three in literature, of which one should be course 352. Study in France strongly recommended. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one i n civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer of study in France strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designedto introduce thestudent with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Two hours laboratory work. See above on placement. Foreign Languages/75 112 Beginning French for hose who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms iscompleted to make possible basic communication, b e g i n n i f i ~reading rkills,and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Two hours laboratory work. See above o n placement. (Spring) 211 Intermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice i n communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Two hours of laboratory work. (Fall) 212 Intermediate French Through informative and controversial articles, interviews and literary readings, this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficientskiltsro pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basicstructures. habora~orywork. 1Spring1 243 French Literature i n Translation Major representative works of French literarure read in English translation. Through individualized background readingand crass discussion.studen1s become acquainted with artistic qualities and culrvral-hinorical sign~f~cance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. [Offered o n Demand) 311 Conversation-Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall) 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech groups practiced. Study of writien models. [Prereq.: 311 or #. O n demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual, political,social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 332 French Civilization Today Topics i n twentieth-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students Theory and practiceof literarvstudies. A theoreticat component (inEnglish) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. I n the practical component, students apply rhe elements of theor), rhrough reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of French li~erature.Recommended for majors and ~ i n o r s . Open to all qualiiied students. (Prereq.: 311 or Offered on demand) *. 76/Foreign Languages 352 Creativity and Restraint A survey of the major literary creators of the Renaissance and Classical periods, and the French intellectual, social and ethical currents reflected in their works. Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel, letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory work in French. Required of all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 354 Realities: Inner and Outer Worlds A survey of the romantics, major novelists, Baudelaire and hissuccessors in poetry,and the literature of ideas that led to new forms and emphases with the turn of the century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Conversation-Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or political interest the student acquires extensive training i n the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvement and self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. Required for all majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 450 French Seminar Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature (e.g. Novel, Drama, 18th Century literature, poetry). Student presentations i n French. (See also Interim offerings. Prereq.: 352,354 or 355. O n Demand) 451 The French Novel A study of major authors (LaFayette, Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert,Zola, Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.) that shows the evolution of this genre i n theme and form. Analyses, discussion, and papers in French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Recommended 331. O n demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) German Major: 8 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly r e c o m m e n d e d Minor: 4 u p p e r division courses, i n c l u d i n g 311 a n d 411. Interim, summer o r semester i n Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses b e y o n d 212, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization, and t w o electives. A l l courses must b e u p p e r division courses. Study i n Germany strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. Foreign Languages/77 111,112 Beginning German Course 111 i s for students with no previous background; 112 i s for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability t o read extended narratives i n simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basicskills into working knowledge of German. Review of basicstructureswith emphasison extending rangeof vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature i n Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (On Demand) 301 German Business Communication German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.) 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Earlv Background. Foltows the cultura1 and social development of the German5peaking peoples from the preh~sroricfnda-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Y e a r s h a r (16.131,with emphasison the impact of Roman crvilization, the re-emergenceof German cultural s e l f awareness d u r ~ n gtheMiddle Agesoandthe intellectual and religious upheavals o l the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or Alternate years) *. 332 German Civilization and Culture I1 Survey of significant currents of deveropment which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and swirzerfand since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene i s cansidered in view oiits roots in fhe intellectual, geopolitical, artisticand scientific history o i the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction t o Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of lirerarvstudies. Arheorctica~cornponent(in English)treatsfhe basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to bitcrarvanafyj~r.In the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected worksof German litesaturc. Recommended far majors and minors Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.: 377 or Offered on Demand\ =, 351 German Literature through 18th Century Brief survey of hemtt. courtly, Reformarion, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Exrenrive rcadingr and discussions in Classic and Romanticperiods. Readings in German.supplernented by [eaures on the history or German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class djscussrons help to improve students' ability t o express ideas i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or *. O n Demand) 78/Foreign Languages - 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, lung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aimsat developing and refining the student's use of German as avehiclefor expressing his own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or#. Alternate years) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramaticworks from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read assymptomaticof perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 499 Independent Study Greek See the instructor for supporting courses at Augsburg i n history, philosophy, art, literature, linguistics which can apply toward a classics concentration i n cooperation with Macalester College. 111,112 Beginning Greek Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. (111, Fall; 112, Spring. A minimum of 9 hours preparation per week required.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students A first course in the theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) t r e a t r t k baslc principles of IIterature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the practical component, the class will divide into small groups according to foreign language, where the elements of theory will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discuss~ngselected works for foreign literature in the language. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 212 or #. Offered on demand) Japanese Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC Easr Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department. See fast and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. Foreign Languages/79 Linguistics 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analvsis and general Iingulstic principles, with focus on [ingutst~c universals (organtzational principles and features common to all language) and psycholinguirric5 (inquiry i n to the mechanicsof language learning and thestructure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questrons will be approached by studying sarnplesof various Languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majorsand minors. (Fall) 311 Theories of Grammar Camparat~vcanalysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research w ~ t h the aim af l[luminaringunderiyingphilosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanarory goals which dlsringuish them. Jhr rheories wi[l becnntrasred with those of adjacenrdisciplinessuch asanthr~pology.psy~fiology,logic,and c~mmunrcation theory to explore ways In which each theory seeks to overcome rhe inadequacies of traditional grammar. (On Demand) Norwegian a n d 499, a n d o n e Scandinavian literature course. I n t e r i m o r summer i n Norway recommended. Major: 8 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g 311,312,331,350,353,411, Minor: 4 courses above 211, i n c l u d i n g o n e i n conversation-com osition, o n e i n civilization, a n d o n e i n literature. I n t e r i m o r summer study abroaBencouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study i n Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses u n d e r Scandinavian Area Studies. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian lntroduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken ratherthan literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for classdiscussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent.) 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive praaice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. S a m e anention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between tfretwoofilcial languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prercq.: 211 or equivalent.) 312 Old Norse An introductlon to thestructure of Old West Norse through thestudy of selections from Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old Easr Norseand aspects of the history of four modem Nordiclanguages. Knowledge of oneof the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language minors will have special assignments. (Alternate years) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogeneous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports i n the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 80/Foreign Languages 350 lntroduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical componenr [in English) treats !he basic principlesof IIrerature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis, fn the practical component, students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of Norwegian literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or +. Offered on demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings i n contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods e~rendingback ro 01d Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable atnention is given t o writings i n the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent. Spring 1981. Alternate years) 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other ScandirBvian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Russian One year of elementary Russian is offered at Au sburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Stucfies Program, which re uires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coor%inator. 111,112 Elementary Russian Aimed t o develop reading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease i n reading, short compositions, and acquaintance with Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. Spanish Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353, 354. (Study in Spain or Latin America i s strongly recommended) Minor: 4 courses above 212, including one in conversation-composition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212, including one in conversation-composition, 350, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be upper division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work i s an integral part of the course. Foreign Languages/81 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literarure representing various periods and movements are read in English iranslarion. Through background reading and class discussion in English !he strident i s acqualn~edwith the salient artistic qualities and cultural-hisroricalsignificanc~? of thereadings, Credit in thiscourse does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On Demand) 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and writlen practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Labnrarorv work. This course i s a prerequisite for all upper-division courses. I P r ~ r e q . :211 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who havea basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversationaT facility, 5tressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and manazine ar~irles.Conducted in 5panish. (On Demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years.) 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of theSpanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with #. Alternate years) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students T h ~ o r y a n dpracticed literarystudier..4 rhcorezical component (in English)treats the basic principles at lirerarurr, literary gerlres, and different approaches to literary analysis. In the pracricat component.studenrsapply the theorv through reading, analyzing, and dlscusslng selected works ot Ii~eraturein Spanish. Recammended for majors and minors. Open to all clualrfed rrudents. (Prrrcq.: 311 or i;. o i i e r e d on demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand) 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years) 82/Geography, Health and Physical Education 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century i n Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Geography Paul Grauer 114 Human Geography An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. Health and Physical Education Richard Borstad (Chairperson), Ernest Anderson, David Boots, Paul Grauer, Al Kloppen, Doug Nelson, Jack Osberg, Pamela Paulson, Marilyn Pearson, Ronald Petrich, Joyce Pfaff, William Ross, Edwin Saugestad, Jeff Swenson, Mary Timm Health Education Major: 110, 114, 115, 320, 354, 410; Biology 103, 108, 111; Chemistry 105 or 109; Psychology 105; Sociology 231, 241. Teaching Major: Same as health education major plus 355. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Minor: 110, 114, 115, 320; Biology 103; Sociology 231 110 Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) 114 Health and Safety Education (1/2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (1/2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of scbool age children. Health and Physical Education/83 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series; also #.) 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (1/2 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: Physical Education 350. Spring) 355 Tests and Measurement (1/2 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests i n health and physical education. (Spring) 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Physical Education Major: Health Education 114,115,354,355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350, 351, 471, 472, 474,475; Biology 103. Teaching Major: Health Education 114,115, 354,355; Physical Education 223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474; Biology 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Corrective Therapy: Health Education 114, 115, 354, 355; Physical Education 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471,472,474,475,485,487, 491,493; Professional Affiliation Block495-496-497-499; Biology 103; Psychology 105, 355, 362. All C.T. specialists must be accepted bv the education department for teaching and student teaching in an adapted situation. Approval must be secured by the corrective therapy coordinator. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult department chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: Health Education 114,115; Physical Education 223,231,232 or 472, and 243. Coaching Endorsement: 243, 351,475, one of 476-483, and practicum in coaching (Independent Study 499 i s an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Physical education major plus coaching practicum meets the coaching requirement. Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have at least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education and athletics. 102, 103 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week. Two lifetime sports meet the general education requirement. N o course credit. 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) 84/Health and Physical Education 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice i n skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim and Spring) 234 Outdoor Education (1/2 course) This course will look at a wide variety of outdoor activities that can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating i n these activities. (Spring, even # years) 243 History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: Biology 103; Fall) 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 103. Spring) I 354 Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) 355 Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) 373 Modern Dance (1/2 course) A n introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. No previous dance experience necessary. (Interim) 399 Internship Consult department chairperson. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) 472 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) 474 Swimming and Aquatics Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) Health and Physical Education/85 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Fall, 1st half of term) 476 Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Fall, 1st half of term, odd #years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Interim, odd #years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Interim, odd # years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (1/2 cours4 Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd #years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Soft Ball (l/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Fall, odd #years) 485 Applied Adapted Activities Explores recreation as applied to a corrective therapy program, application of corrective exercise to the atypical, self care and ambulation, prosthetics and orthotics. Equal attention i s given to physical and mental habilitation, physical education for the handicapped and recreation in rehabilitation. (Prereq.: 350,351; Health Education 354. Summer school only) 487 Neurology and Pathology Astudy of the nervoussystem and the diseasesassociated with it and the nature and cause of disease involving changes in structures and functions. Equal attention i s given to neurology and pathology. (Summer School only) 491 Therapeutic Exercise Exercise techniques as applied to various disabilities, testing muscle strength and range of joint motion and association of muscle actions as applied to various human movements. Equal attention is given to human movement, kinesiotherapy and evaluation and research applied to C.T. and A.P.E. programs. (Prereq.: 350, 351; Health Education 354. Summer school only) 493 Organization and Administration of Corrective Therapy A study of organization, administration, history, philosophy and professional ethics as applied to C.T. intertherapy relations in a rehabilitation setting. Basic supervisory and personnel management decisions and practices. Most of the course deals with organization and administration of C.T.; about one-sixth of the course deals with intertherapy relations. (Summer School only) 495,496, 497 Professional Affiliation Includes actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 i s study of Neurology and Pathology (Prereq.: 485,491 and approval of department.) 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. History Orloue Gisselquist (Chairperson), Carl Chrislock, Don Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, Richard Nelson Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas. Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a history major in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the department chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: 5 courses, at least three of which must be upper division. Honors Major: G P A of 3.6 in t h e major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before rhe end of the first term of the junior year; two years of aforeign language at the college level (or its equivalent): an honors thesis (equal t o one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: Freshmen should enroll in one or more of the History 101-104 courses. History 221-222 are normally reserved for sophomore or upper division students. Students are required t o have at least one lower division course before registering for an upper level course. There are 17 upper division courses (numbered 300and up) in this department. Five or six are offered each term, or 11 per year. Offerings depend upon faculty schedules and student registration. 101 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. 221 U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall) 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring) 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. 299 Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered i n the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by thedirectingfaculty member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of one course i n directed study may be applied to the major. 322 Modern Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. 323 Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. 324 Modern japan An examination of the emergence of Japan as a major world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 332 History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development i s stressed. 345 Scandinavian-American Experience (See under Scandinavian Area Studies) 353 Select Topics in Minnesota History A survey of topics relating to the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indian-white relations; immigration and ethnic adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities; economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and early 20th centuries. 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization i n the Near East from earliest times through i t s extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis i s placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. 90/Mathematics/Computer Science Mathematics /Computer Science Beverly Durkee (Chairperson), Benjamin Cooper, Lawrence Copes, Henry Follingstad, Leo Lake Mathematics Major: 9 courses including 124,125,215,224,314,324. Also required: Computer Science245. The following courses do not count towards this major: 104, 174,121, 122, '131, 242. For teacher licensure in mathematics, courses 351, 373,441 must be included. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to ronsulr with the Education Department for requirements. Mathematics Major with Computer Science Concentration: 10 courses, including Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314, 355, Computer Science 245, 345, 350 and Mathematics 226 or Computer Science 261. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent study at an advanced level with participation i n a department seminar. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, 224. The following courses do not coun! towards the minor: 704,114,121,122,131,242. For a teaching minor, the two additional courses must be selected from 215, 314, 351,373,441. Computer Science Minor: 5 courses, including Computer Science 245,261,345,350 and one of Mathematics 355, Business Administration 479, Sociology 363, Computer Science 395, 495. Prerequisites/Placement Test - Before enrolling i n any course in this department the student must have satisfied certain course and/or placement test prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Test i s given during col!ege orientation sessions and at other announced times during the year. Score requirements on the rest for entrv to courses are: ll {or course 104: [ l l for courses 114,171,122.131,242:lY for course724. Siudents whose score is V, o r who have taken the College Board Advanced Placement Euarn, should consult w i t h the department about appropriate courses to take. Any exceptions t o course or placement test score prerequisites must be approved by the instructor. Mathematics Courses 104 Basic Mathematics I I A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalitiec in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not satisfy the general education requiremen1 in ma~hematics.(Spring) 114 College Algebra and Trigonometry Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Fall, Spring) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. (Fall) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Spring) 124, 125, 224 Calculus I, 11, 111 Topics of the elements of planeand solid analyticgeometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables and series with applications primarily from the physical sciences. Primarily for students in the natural sciences. (124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Arts An introduction t o the structure of mathematical systems and mathematical modelswhich have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts. Primarily for students not intending,further study of mathematics. (Fall) 211 Number Theory A transitional course from computational to abstract mathematics. A study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of systems of linear equations, determinants,vector spaces, lineartransformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 226 Differential Equations Solutionsof ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 242 Basic Concepts of Mathematics The structure of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis i s placed on the inductive techniques of discovery. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program) 314 Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) 324, 325 Advanced Calculus I, I1 A study of the fundamental concepts of calculusforfunctions of several variables including the topology of Euclidean spaces, transformations, sequences and series of functions. improper integrals, differential formsand manifolds, and vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324. Spring; 325, Fall) 351 Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and,non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, vector and transformation methods with projective axioms as a basis. (Prereq.: 122or 125. Spring 1984 and alternate years) 92/Mathematics/Computer Science 355 Numerical Analysis (Formerly 361 or Computer Science 355) A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedureoriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224, Computer Science 245) 373 Probability and Statistics An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224. Fall) 399 Internship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. 441 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1983 and alternate years) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #. Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Computer Science Courses 145 lntroduction to General Computer Programming An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor. 245 An Introduction to Computer Science An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register operations, and computer organization. Programming i s done in machine language, assembly language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: Mathematics 125) 261 Electronics (See under Department of Physics) 345 Computer Systems Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. lntroduction to operating systems, including batch, time-sharing, and real-time. Continued development of competence in structured programming, algorithms, and assembly language will be emphasized throughout the course. (Prereq.: 245) 350 Data Structures and File Processing Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245) Medical Technology, Metro-Urban/93 395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science Specifictopics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend o n the topics selected. 395 for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms. 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director t o determine project. 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and department. Medical Technology Neal 0. Thorpe (Adviser) This major involves the completion of three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of internship at Metropolitan Medical Center or Abbott-Northwestern Hospital. Specific recommended courses vary to some extent depending on the hospital with which the student plans to affiliate. I t i s important to work closely with the Medical Technology adviser. Augsburg College does not guarantee that all students will be accepted by the hospitals for the 12-month internship. Students must negotiate directly with the hospitals involved. Student5 rransferring to Augsbur College with an Associate of Arts degree or its equivalenr should expect to s en two vears a t Augsburq before participating in the internship year. The MedicaPTcchnologv major I S nor derignrd for persons who already have the baccalaureate degree from another ~nstitution. f Required Science Courses: 1) Biology 111, 112 and two additional upper division (usually 367and476); 2) Chemistry: 105,106 (or 115,116),351,352,353; 3) Physics: 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one course in immunology. Metro-Urban Studies Carry W. Hesser (Director) Major: 15 courses includinglOcore requirements: Economicsl23; Political Science 122; History 431; Sociology 111, 381; Economics 379 or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or Sociology 363; a minimum of one course of internship or independent study; two non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least one of which must be in the humanities (current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics 111, Biology 105, Philosophy 362, Interdisciplinary Studies 233, 260). To complete the major, the student has a choice among three emphases or tracks: GeneraVLiberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These five elective courses must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges, as well as those offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA). 94/Metro-Urban Studies Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: Economics 120 or 123; Political Science 122; Sociology 111, 381; an approved Social Science Research course; an approved internship and/or independent study. 199 lnternship Lower Division internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer) 299 Directed Study lndependent study for lower division students (Prereq.: # and Sociology 111 or 121. Fall, Spring, Summer) 399 lnternship Consult the Program Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a department faculty member. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: Sociology 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Urban Studies Options Through HECUA A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin City metropolitan area. 358 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution publications, journal articles and books. 359 Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities; transportation, planning and social services. 399 lnternship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract i s developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an internship of one or two courses. Metro-Urban Studies/95 B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This p r o g r a m is located at t h e University o f Oslo a n d focuses u p o n Scandinavian urbanization and city planning. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Language instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary to support student course work and daily living in Oslo. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated with the language instruction. 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Students are placed in intermediate or advanced study depending on proficiency. An orientation to current issues in Norwegian life and society is coordinated with the language instruction. 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a combination of lectures, guest speakers, and field work. Emphasis i s placed on Norwegian urban development with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 396 Urban Planning in Scandinavia Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers. Course focus i s on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SUST faculty, student selects a specific topic for library and field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. C. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester i n t h e city" p r o g r a m is located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t focuses u p o n urbanization a n d development i n t h e Third World. 261 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. 362 Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Columbian urbanists. 363 Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusing on plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and t o public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. 499 lndependent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. D. San Francisco Summer Term A nine-week program integrating a field seminar, an internship, and independent 'study. 383 Field Seminar: San Francisco (See MUST 359) 399 Internship (See MUST 399) 499 Independent Study (See SUST 499) Music L. t. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adne Robert E, Beverlev,Michael Brand. haine Bryce,Siephen Cabrielien, Thomas G ~ h e g , Cymhia G o e f i , James D. lohnron, Robert Karl&, MeriTee Klemp, Nicholas Cenz, Paul Lohman. Cynrhia Melson, Robert Metzler, Celeste O'Brien. Alice Preves. Dana Skoglund, Emma Small, George S~ahl,Daniel Sturrn, James ten RenseT. Paul Thomas, D a ~ l Tubergen, d Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt See Music Department Handbook for additional and explanatory information guidelines and requirements. Students wishing to major or minor in music must apply to the department. Specific Music Major Requirements Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355, 365 or 375, music elective. French or German. Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476, 354 and one of 355, 365, 375. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education. Bachelor of Music: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 350,457,458,476,499,354 or 355,365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of Performance Studies with double periods in the last? years,and junior and senior recitals; French or German. Voicestudy - 2 years of foreign language. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: Core Curriculum plus 354, 360, 382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350 or 476, one of 355,365,375, and 110 Introduction to MusicTherapy (lnterimj.5 anish i s recommended. Other requirements: Biology 703, Education 282: 2 Physica Education (232 and 373 recommended); 3 Psychology and I Sociology, including Psychology 105,362 and Psychology 263 or Sociology 362 (Recommended courses include Psychology 264, 351. 352, 355, 356, 357, and 5ocioIogy 111,121, 231. 241, 362,375); 1 Speech (116 recommended). P Music Minor: 5 courses: 101, 102,260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music: Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Honors Major: Students may qualify f o r graduation honors if they have earned a GPA o f at least 3.0 i n music courses a n d have demonstrated leadership i n performance. H o n o r s may b e achieved by o n e o f t h e following: Senior thesis a n d its defense b e f o r e a faculty committee; presentation o f an additional senior recital o f graduate quality; c o m p o s i t i o n o f a w o r k f o r vocal a n d / o r instrumental ensemble o f n o t less t h a n 15 minutes duration. Application should b e made b e f o r e t h e senior year. Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors) 1. Courses: 101,102, 223, 224, 260, 261. 2. Applied Music: M a j o r Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters; Recital appearance. 3. Examinations: 3 M u s i c Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test. Applied Music Ensembles: M e m b e r s h i p i s d e t e r m i n e d by a u d i t i o n d u r i n g t h e first week o f t h e fall semester. Times a n d locations are posted o n t h e d e p a r t m e n t bulletin board. These organizations exist n o t o n l y f o r t h e benefit o f t h e musicstudent, b u t f o r any student w h o wishes t o participate: Augsburg Choir Chorale Concert Band Orchestra Brass Ensemble String Ensemble Jazz Ensemble Woodwind Ensembles Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening. Private Lessons: Vocal and instrumental instruction i s available to all students in any area. Music students must register on the traditional grading system and take a jury exam at the end of each semester to fulfill the requirement of private study toward a music degree. Other students may register for private lessons in the same manner or use P/N grading. During the junior and senior year, a student accepted by the Department of Music as a major receives lessons in the area of concentration without extra cost. Instruments are available for rent. JuryExamination: All studentstaking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each semester for a faculty jury. Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminars and guest lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument. Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend a predetermined number of designated music events each year. Recital: One-half recital i s r e q u i r e d o f B.A. a n d B.S. candidates. B.M. students must present f u l l j u n i o r a n d senior recitals. Examinations A l l music majors and minors are required t o pass a Piano Proficiency Test. M u s i c majors must pass t h r e e M u s i c Repertoire Tests, a n d Music minors must pass two. 101,102,223, 224 Theory Music Theory i s an integrated course extending over four terms. Taught by a team of instructors, the various aspects of musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are presented in parallel, rather than in sequence. (101, 223, Fall. 102, 224, Spring) 110 lntroduction to Music Therapy A survey of the music therapy programs i n the surrounding area, with field trips t o various institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways i n which music i s used as a therapy. (Interim) 230 Introduction to the Fine Arts The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers f r o m each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. For the non-music major. (Fall) 260 History and Literature of Music Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall) 261 History and Literature of Music Music of the Romantic and M o d e r n eras, and non-Western topics. (Spring) 325 Scandinavian Music I n a historical approach t o the study of music i n the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-musicand music majors. (Fall) 330 Vocal Repertoire A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 t o the present. The study includessuch aspects of concern for the performer as interpretation, style, and diction. (Spring) 331 Diction for Singers (Spring, alternate years) 350 Choral Technique and Arranging Fundamentals of voice as related t o choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and arranging for various combinations of voices and instruments. (Spring) 354 lnstrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall) 355 Instrumental Technique The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring) 360 Therapeutic Recreational Music Study of guitar and recorder, Orff instruments, applications of recreational musicactivities t o clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work. 365 Instrumental Technique Elementary technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Fall) 375 lnstrumental Technique Advanced technique i n the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring) 380 Music of the Western Church Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for thegeneral student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Spring) 382 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 383 Psychological Foundations of Music I1 Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on music in a clinical setting. Varioustheories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382) 395 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relatesto music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Use of music with the mentally retarded and emotionally ill. 399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Full-time placement i n an internship setting approved by the National Association for Music Therapy for six months. This i s started after completion of the senior year and i s necessary for registration by the NAMT. Applications for internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. 435 Music in Therapy Thestudy and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded, physically handicapped, geriatric, and gifted populations. (Prereq.: 395) 440 New Music Seminar Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) 457 Conducting Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall) 458 Conducting Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) 476 Orchestration The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensemblesof varyingsizes and types. (Fall) 488,489 Piano Teaching Methods Instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course credit. 495 Practicum in Music Therapy Volunteer work i n a clinical setting, two hours a week, six terms. N o credit. 499 Independent Study Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for i n the departmental curriculum. Open only t o advanced students upon approval of the f_aculty. 100/NaturaI Science Natural Science Earl R. Alton (Coordinator) Major for Pre-Medical Students: 14 courses including Biology 111,112,491 or 492, and t w o upper division courses; Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, lob), 351, 352, and Quantitative Analytical Chemistry; Mathematics 121 and 122 or 124and 125; Physics 121,122. This major i s presented as an option for pre-medical students who wish t o take a major which provides the science courses necessary and recommended for admission t o most medical schools, including the University of Minnesota Medical School, and also permits a number of electives. The student should choose electives carefully, keeping i n mind the specificrequirementsof the medical schools t o which he o r she intends t o apply. Early consultation with a premedical adviser i s recommended. Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved t h e Ifcensure program for science teachers and authorized A u ~ s b u r gto recommend candidates in Life Science, grades 7-12; Life Science (minor), grades 7-12; Physical Science, Chemistry major or Physics major, grades 7-12; Chemrstry (rninorl. grades 7-12; Physics (minor), grades 7-12; and Science (Grades 5-9). All Natural Science teaching majors must complete the Broad Basic courses and i n addition meet the requirements for a Life Science, Physical Science or Middle School Emphasis. The program of courses IS designed t o provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for sp~cializationi n an area. The following programs assume t h a t the student wil[ mee? the general education requirements of the college and, in the physical science, have at least one year of calculus. ConsuTt with the Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Early consultation with adviser i s recommended. Broad Base Courses: 7 courses, Ii n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161); 2 i n Life Science (Biology Ill, 112); 4 i n Physical Science (Physics 121,122 and Chemistry 115, 116 or (105,106). To make the program slightly more flexible, i t i s recommended that students with emphasis i n life science have both courses i n earth science and substitute Physics 103 for Physics 121,122. Life Science Emphasis: 8 courses, 1 Cognate; 7 Biology courses, including 491 Seminar and at least one from each of the following groups: (1) 351 or 353; (11) 355 or 474; (111) 361 or 481; (IV) 471 or 473; (V) 440 or 476. Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: 7 courses and chemistry seminar, Chemistry 351,352,353,361 and 362 (or Biology 367, Biochemistry), 482, Physics 245. Physical Science Em hasis - Physics Major: 7 courses, Physics 245,351,362,395 and three additional t o e! selected from Physics 261, 270, 352, 363,481, 486, 488. Note: Candidates may be recommended for licensure i n Physical Science upon completion of either Physical Science Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical Science Emphasis - Physics major. The student licensed i n Physical Science may teach chemistry and/or physics i n grades 7-12. Science(Grades.5-9): 7 courses,2 in Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161, the alternative course not taken in the Board Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology courses above 112); 3 in Physical Science (Chemistry 353; Physics 245). Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, 7 courses in Biology plus the Broad Base; for Chemistry, 351,352,353,361 and 362 or 482 plus the Broad Base; for Physics, any four courses above 122 plus the Broad Base. Nursing Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Carol Hoffman, Nancy Malcolm, JoEtta A. Vernon, Helen Woelfel Augsburg offers an upper division major in nursing leadingto a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or d ~ p l o m aprogram in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a currenr license to practice as an R.N. in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, rnicrcrbiolagy, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Studenrs must take these courses a t Augsburg or another accredited college or univerritv prios to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses i n sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission ro the major. I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated clinical performance testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice, within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2 ) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Major: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n nursing including 303,304,310,311,325,330, 350, 403, 404, 423, 427: Psychology 355. ,4 minimum grade of 2.0 i n each nursing course and a cumulative CP.4 of 2.5 a t the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses i n interpersonal communications and ethics are supportive to the major. Course5 inrhe nursing major aredesignedso that they may becorn leted within two academ~cyears. However. more than two years may be require to complete t h e total course of study, depending on rhe number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may pursue part-time nudv, but are required 10 complete 13 courses, a t Augsburg College. Students inrerested i n pursuing day, evening, or summer part-time study should consult with an adviser from rhe nursing depastment for program planning. 8 303 Contemporary Nursing 1 (1/2 course) This course i s one of the transitional courses that introduces the student to components of the professional role and begins the professional and socialization process. The communication process i s emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is established and maintained. Interactive communication theories are explored for their applicability to changing roles and professional practice. (Fall-Junioryear.) 304 Contemporary Nursing 11 (1/2 course) This course introduces theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice i n emphasized. Selected nursing theories are examined. (Spring-Junioryear.) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on systems theory, change, and concepts of health as they apply to current community health issues and the practice of nursing. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. (Fall-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major) 311 Community Health Nursing II This course provides a knowledge base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team i s explored. This course i s primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: 303, 310, 325, Psy 355) 325 Nursing Process I n this course the student learns approaches to assessment and the use of assessment tools i n the nursing process.Thestudent usescommunication skillstoobtain a health history and negotiate health goals. Clinical experiences provide the student with an opportunity to make a holistic health assessment within a developmental framework. (Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major). 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course i s designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues are explored in light of their implications for nursing practice. (Interim-Junioryear). 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Spring-Junioryear. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major, Math 121 or a course i n descriptive statistics) 403 Contemporary Nursing 111 This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursingcare. Content includesfamily asa group, family and group dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration i s given to the emerging role of the nurse i n family health care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304, 311, 325, 330, 350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) 404 Contemporary Nursing IV This course relates leadership and management theories and emerging professional nurse roles to primary nursing. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 427) 423 Practicum in Nursing I This course i s a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 i n providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: To be taken concurrently with or following 403') 427 Practicum in Nursing II This course i s a synthesis course utilizing knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity i s provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected hospital setting. (Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 403,423. To be taken concurrently with or following 404*) 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue i n depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the practicums i n nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Philosophy Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer Major: 9 courses, including 130,241,242,343,344, and one course in the400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be upper division. Minor: 5 courses, including t w o courses from 241,242,343, and 344. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors. p r o ram is by recornmendation of the philosophy facuf~y.Suchrecommendations w i l l b e made st rheend of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis o n an approved topicof the student's choice, involvin research above the cour5e level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty ofthe department. Note: Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another i s that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course are to provide the student with some experience i n examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action i s right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it i s right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. 241 History of Philosophy I: Plato and Aristotle How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle and the Stoics; what did they believe? Why did Plato think that the physical world was not overly important, and what did he value? How did Aristotle, the scientist, respond to this? The answers to these and other questions will be considered so as to reveal what these great philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall) 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages are often regarded as a period of darkness, whereas the Renaissancewasa timeof rediscovery and enlightenment. How dark were the Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt to discoverthe grandeur of the Medieval philosophers, learn how the Christian tradition was carried forward in the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the individual in the Renaissance, and the new methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241.) 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Where does knowledge begin? In innate ideas or with experience? What can we really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major empiricists of thelBth century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the reaction to idealism by men such as Marx, Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 241 or 242.) 344 History of Philosophy IV: Contemporary Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguisticanalysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested prior course, 241,242, or 343.) 350 Philosophy of Religion What i s the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and what can besaid about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? I s man really immortal? Are miracles possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.) 362 Political Philosophy As residents of an urban college we are citizens of the city. What i s the relation between the citizen and the city? In a larger context, what i s the origin of the State and the basis for its laws?What relation holds between law and morality, and between God, the Church and the State?This course studies the key concepts of politics found in the tradition of western political thought. 365 Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world i s purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true?What constitutes scientific knowledge?Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or one course i n natural science.) 370 Existentialism Studies i n the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what i t means to be a being-in-the-world, and explore such themes as absurdity,freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: One prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as studies in the thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May betaken morethan once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from.241,242, 343,344 or #.) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies i n the philosophy of particular philosophers,e.g., Plato, Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242, 343, or #) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. Physics K e r m i t E. Paulson (Chairperson), Kenneth N. Erickson, M a r k J . Engebretson a n d 395 plus t h r e e courses above 122. I n Planninglheir coursesof study, students are encouraged to work closely w i t h members o f the physics faculty. Normally, students should have Mathematics 124, 125, a n d Physics 721, '122 the freshman year, a n d Mathematics 124 and 226 t h e s o p h o m o r e year. Major: 9 c o u r s e , i n c l u d i n g 121,122,245,351,362 Teaching Licensure Major: The same'as t h e major. Students are advised t o refer t o t h e Education Department section o f t h e catalog a n d consult w i t h t h e Education Department early i n t h e i r planning. Minor: 5 courses, i n c l u d i n g 121,122, and t h r e e courses above 122. Honors Major: A GPA o f 3.6 i n physics a n d 3.0 overall. A n independent invertigat i o n o f a physics t o p i c w i t h an oral defense o f t h e w r i t t e n research repbrt. Application f o r t h e honors major should b e made n o later than rhe first t e r n of the senior year. Societ of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter o f Society o f Physics Students proviJes students t h e o p ortuniiiei of membership i n a national physics society a n d o f participating i n t h e pl?ysio cornrnunily on a professional basis. M e m b e r s h i p i n SPS is o p e n t o all students interested rn physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: M e m b e r s h i p i n t h e Augsburg chapter o f this national physics h o n o r society is o p e n t o those students w h o have c o m p l e t e d t h e equivalent o f a m i n o r i n physics, have a G P A o f 3.0 i n physicsand overal1,and rank i n t h e u p p e r t h i r d o f their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system, stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures.) 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments areselected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the lifesciences. The course i s designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem. algebra. Fall) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of thescience and wonders of the atmosphere. The course i s designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: Clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the sky. The course i s designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Elementary Algebra. Spring) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of elctronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electrjcity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomicand molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of quantum mechanic. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half o f the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103, 111 or 122; and Mathematics 122 or 125) 270 Optical Physics The emphasis is o n physical optics, making frequent use of the complex expression for a wave: interference, diffraction, polarization, and an introduction t o the electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. O n demand) 351,352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics i n terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single par~irle motion,svsrernsof particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid hndie5, gravttation. kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, Math. 226. 351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The clasrical electrornagnet~c f ~ e l dtheory IS developed uslng the vector calculus ~ h r o u g h o u t .Eleclrostat~cs,magnetostatlcs, solut~onof Laplace's and Po~sson'sequations, elecrrrr and magnetic properties of mater~als,and the theory of electromagnet~cr a d ~ a t ~ o n bared on Maxwell's equatlons (3 one-hour lectures Prereq M a t h 226, 362, Fall, 363, Sprlnp) 395 Comprehensive Laboratory A n emphasis nn independent laboratory investigat~ons,including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum ph\,sic~. electronics, ~ l e c t r i c i t v magnetism, , optics, and modern physirs. (2 three-hour laboraton: and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 5pring) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systems and processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject i s developed from iwo independent vet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopicclassical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Pr~req.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I h development from f i n t principles, including de Brogl~e'spostulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, rvavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and ap- proximation methods. Spec~iicproblems studied include potential wells and potential barriers. the harmonic oscIl[ator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245, 357,352 Fall) 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics t o specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study A n opportunity for students t o explore systematically a problem i n experimental or theoretical physics, worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. O p e n t o juniors and seniors with departmental approval. 108/Political Science Political Science M i l d a H e d b l o m (Chairperson), N o r m a Noonan, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (Soc. 362). Required: 121 o r 122 o r 160 o r 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 o t h e r u p p e r division courses i n 4 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. A seminar i n o n e o f t h e five areas may b e c o u n t e d f o r that area. Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 o r 122 o r 170; 158; a n d at least 3 u p p e r division courses i n 3 o u t o f 5 Political Science Areas. Honors Major: The Honors M a j o r in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's grade-point average must be 3.5 in t h e major and 3.0overall. Thestudent r n u i r t a k e a n Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and rnun submit, not later than March 1 of the senior vear. an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Studenrs may w o r k with any m e m b e r o i the Departmenr on their Honors Thesis. For specific r q u i r e m e n r s . consult the De artmental Chairperson.Students shoukd apply for the H o n o r s ,Major no later fhan e!t f i r i t term o f f h e j u n i o r year. Political Science Areas: (I) American G o v e r n m e n t and Politics (11) Comparative Politics a n d Analysis ( I l l ) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V) Political Theory a n d Analysis. A n y course listed i n m o r e t h a n o n e area may b e c o u n t e d i n o n l y o n e area t o w a r d major o r m i n o r requirements. Note: Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social science courses, i n compliance w i t h state requirements. For m o r e information, see t h e department chairperson o r t h e Social Studies Coordinator. See t h e class schedule f o r precise listing o f terms i n w h i c h courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society. 122 Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modern urban complex. Discussion-lecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making i n the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #) 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing publicopinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media i n presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in Political Science or #. Fall term of election years) Political Science/lO9 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. 370 Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II (See Section I V for description. Offered alternate years) 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses in Political Science or #. Offered on demand.) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. 350 Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #) 351 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of thesoviet Union and other communist states in termsof political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.I 381 Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) 459 Topics in Elite and Mass Behavior In-depth study of the elite and/or mass participation i n the political system. (Offered on demand. Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #). Ill. International Politics 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. 363 Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #) 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #. Offered alternate years.) llO/PoIiticaI Science IV. Public Law 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. 370 Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) 371 Constitutional Law II Constitutional limitations of the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the Supreme Court to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate years) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description) 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers from Plato through Rawls, emphasizing the values, goals, and assumptions which continue to inform and t o rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 381 Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: One course in Political Science or #.) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed i n Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged i n the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or #.) 384 Political Analysis An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; Political Science 158 and two upper division courses, or #.) Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 Internship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.) 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Offered on demand) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 399 lnternship Consult Chairperson or lnternship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: #.) 498 Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive.~\sternaticand integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan commwniry, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) Psychology Richard Marken, (Chairperson), Lyla Mae Anderegg, Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson Major: f 0 courses including 105,264,265,381 or 399, and 493, with a minimum of 5 courses at Augsburg; Physics 103. Nw mare than two courses from among299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minimum 10 psychology courses required f o r a major. This restricrion applies toward rhe minimum requirement only. The student may actually take more such courses. The major program should include I05 in the freshman year, 264 and 265 i n the freshman or saphomore year, 381 or 399 in t h e junior year and 493 i n the senior year. The major program is planned in consultation with an adviser i n the ps cholo6y department and is a proved by the department chairperson. The a v e i a i plan i c d i r e c t e d toward a pasic understanding of the discipline af psvchology and toward the particular educational, vocational and professional goals of the individual student. A written plan forthe major should be completed a n d approved by the beginning of the junior year. It i s recommended rhal psychology majors rake additional course work from other areas that will complement and strenpthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, deiteloping a minor in business admintstration, biology, or communication is recommended for many studen~s. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the department chairperson for more detailed requirements. Certificate In Program Evaluation: 5 courses includ~ng264 (orSociology 362). 399, 450: Sociology 362 and 363. These courses are designed to rovide back round and skills to p e r f o r m as a research assistan7 for agencies or i r m s which CI program evaluation or self-assessment programs. See department chairperson for f u r t f i ~ r f details. 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used i n psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. 251 Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105, Alternate years) 264, 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, II A two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing i n Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must precede 265; 265 should be taken in the term immediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) 299 Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. 351 Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and applications of data and theory in respectto the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983) 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis will be on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105. Fall, 1983) 355 Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105 and one course i n biology. Fall) 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space & crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 357 Learning Learning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) 359 Measurement Theory and principles of measurement. Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105) 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105. Fall) 362 Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community serviceagencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105. Spring) 371 Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involving knowledge of materials bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society upon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105 or #) 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq.: 105) 375 Social Psychology See under Department of Sociology. 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two psychology courses. Alternate years) 399 Internship Interested students should consult with the departmental internship coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 450 Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation.The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264orSociology 362; Sociology 363) 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing. Spring) 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105 and #. Alternate years) 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses) 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. Religion Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Richard Husfloen, Eugene M. Skibbe, Paul Sonnack, Bruce Stuart, Sheldon Torgerson, Daniel Zemel Major: 8 courses, including 111, 221, 356, 4 8 7 and 495. the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before takrng seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed I1on file with the department chairperson. Only one interim course may be applied to the major. One upper division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,362,399,481,354 or 358, 360 or 483, 471 or 473. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification. Program tor Christian D a y Schoof Teachers: Students pursue one of he regular teacher education programs i n the Department of Education to prepare for licemure by the Stare of Minnesota. In addit~onto the licensure program, five courses i n religion a r e required: 771.221. 362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian D a y School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching i n Christian Day Schools, particularly those of the American Lutheran Church, although participation i s not limited to such schools. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than one interim course may be counted for the minor. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 over-all; research project approved by the department and colloquium with the department. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (II1,22'1,356,362,48f, 359 or 358,360 or 483.471 or474,3991; Psychology 105,351,352or 371,485, Sociology 111or Psychology 373, Sociology 231 1; Physical Education 232; Speech 354 or 355,499.This program meets or exceeds rhe educational requirements of The American Lutheran Church, bur certification b the church i s a separate function. By addingrwo or three courses from appropriate epartments, thestudent can develop special emphases in parish education. busines management or diaconal work. d Notes: Religion 111 or221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval i s necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the department chair. 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. 350 Philosophy of Religion (See under Department of Philosophy) 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) 354 Life of the Church in the Life of the City The Gospel and various forms of ministry evident i n urban structures. 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) 357 Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history i n the early, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods. Some attention will be given to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods i n question.The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life i n its varied character with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements i n American society. (Spring) 361 Church Fathers A stucky o f ~ h early e Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such ropics as persecution and martyrdom, the deveIopment of the creeds. Christianity in conllict with GnoSticlsm and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship: also includingthe rhealogy of several earlv Christian leadersand a special unit on the life and thought of Augus~ine.(Spring 1983) 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavian immigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) 380 Music of the Western Church (See under Department of Music) 399 Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester Junior standing, and satisfy department guidelines. 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) 472 Theology of Paul A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship tothe early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Spring, 1984) 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Spring 1983) 475 Judaism A survcv of the history of Judaism from the end of the O l d Testament period to modern tlrnes, with emphasis placed upon the reJigious development. A special interest i n such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The lewirh Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to kugsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered i n the religion department. (Fall) 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends i n Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) 482 Contemporary Roman Catholic Theology New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. 483 Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion i n thecontext of the tradilional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the dassia in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Spring 1984) 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines. Russian, Scandinavian Studies/II7 Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan (Campus Coordinator) The major in Russian Area Studies is a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It seeks to give the studenr the broadest possible expowre to Russian and Soviet life, history, politics, literature, tradition, and philosophy. In addition ro providing a good liberal education, the program can enable students to prepare for graduate study, or careers i n areas such as governmenz. international business, or teaching. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 2 courses in Russian history; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 course in Russian literature; 1 course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses of approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies); 1 course in Russian history; 1 course i n Soviet politics; 1 course in Marxist theory; 1 other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. Scandinavian Area Studies Liv Dahl (Director) Major: 8 upper division courses. Minor: 4 upper division courses. Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses Fisted in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred ro Augsburg as upper division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, I.e., courses taughtbva Scandinavian languagedepartment or$ubdepartmentregardless of r h e ~ content, r which may he linguistic, literary or culrural. Students graduating with a major or minor must a150 present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Department of Foreign Languages Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies, business administration. 272 Norwegian Life and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. SeeMetro-UrbanStudies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 312 Old Norse An introduct-ionto the structure of Old U'est None through the study of selections from Old Norse Ifterature. Some attentron given to Otd East Norseand aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the fatter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors and mlnors will have special assignments (Alternate years) 325 Scandinavian Music (See under Department of Music) 118/Scandinavian Area Studies 330 Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language desirable but not required. 345 Scandinavian - American Experience The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever," adaptation to the New Land, aspects of Scandinanvian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982) 351 The Modern Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by JonasLie, Sigrid Undset,Selma Lagerlof, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work i n a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1982) 352 The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjgrnson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required t o do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (Alternate years. Fall, 1981) 364 Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (Offered under Department of Religion) 372 Norwegian Language and Culture Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 373 Growth and Development of Scandinavian Cities Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 382 Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) 3% Urban Planning in Scandinavia Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See Metro-Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST). 450 Nineteenth Century Scandinavia (Offered under Department of History) 495 Seminar: Ethnic/lmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) 499 Independent Study I n consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. Social Science, Studies/lIg Social Science Myles C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson) Two emphases exist within the Social Science rnajor: t h e General Major and the Non-Western emphasis. A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the o t h ~ major. r General M ajar: 15 courses: 10 required courses (Economics122,123; History 221,222; Geographv 114: ~ociology127,241; ~ s ~ c h o l o g y l O 5 Political ; Science158 and I21 or 170); 4 upper division courses in one of the fo[lowing disciplines: Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology; a statislia course approved by r h e department in which the 4 upper division courses are taken. The student should choose an adviser who i s a member of the department i n which the upper division courses are to be taken. (For supplemenrary information and alternative ways ro f uifill the state-approved competency-based rogram for secondary teacher education, see the following recrion on Social S t u g e i for Secondary Educa~ion.) Non-Western Major: f 4 courses: History 104; 1social science methodofogy course [Economicr, 379, Psvcholog), 264, Sociology 362 or 365); and 12 counes, in at least 4 discipIines, from the follawing: Economicj 122, 258: Hislory 103, 322, 323,324,440, 474; Political Science 351,363,382,461; Phiiosoph y 355; Religion 356; Sociology 241; seminars, independent study or interim courses an relevant topics i n History andlar PoliticaF Science. The student planning to fulfill this social science major should consult the chairperson of rhe Department of History in choosing a major adviser. Social Studies Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator) Students preparing to reach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the De artment of Education, a competency-bared program designed to provide a broacffoundation in the social sciences. Social Studies Teaching ticensure: 7 courses [Economics 122 or 123, Geography 114, History 222, Political Sc~ence158, Psychology 105, Sociology 121and247) pIusa major in one of ftvef~elds- Economics, History, Pol~ticalSc~ence,~ s y c h o l oy or Sociology O ~ - o r incorporated in a Social Science Major, described in S ~ C T a~ ove). k Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. 120/Social Work Social Work Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson), Maria Brown, Rosalie Clark, Douglas Perry The Augsburg College Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. The core program of Social Work begins in the junior year. However, ir is strongly advised that the foundation courses required in other departments (see Major, below) be begun in the freshman or sophomore vears. Advisement should also be soughtfrom social work Faculty as t o the sequence of thesecourses. All studentsare adv~sedro rake 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted bv the faculry. Candidacy: Students planning to major i n Social Work must apply to the department for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Candidacy status i s required for admission into senior social work courses. Majar: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program consists oi 257*, 361*, 363*.364*. 467,462,463,464,465,466 and 4 7 :Biology 101': Psvchalogy 10Y,351*. and 35?*; Sociology 121*, 231*, 365, 3rS*, and 383*,Ar least one Conservation of Human Resource; (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A minimum gradeof 2.0 i s required in each upper division social work courserequired in the major. *These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year. Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency.Crime an'd Corrections, Social Miniztries,and Youth are possi ble. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dystunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement i n the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. CompIetion of a concentration i s noted on the transcript. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 383; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human Relations Certification for school social work i s available through successful completion of Education 388. 257 Practicum in the Human Services With faculty apgrova1,student selects a placement for 30 hours per week as avolunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know social work professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. 340 Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course will include the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in Senior Citizen Residence. (Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems of Social Welfare, experience in work with the aged, #. Offered occasionally.) Social Work/'l21 361 Systems of Social Welfare A n examination of fundamental aspects of the various systems of social welfare in rhe U.5. and the roleof social work i n them. Special emphasison analysisof the major assumptions and movements conrrlbutory to the rise of the welfare state; description olaselection of modern service systems, the profession of rocial work, its ethicr, value5, and historical development, Three class periods per week; guest lecrures, research paper. (Sophomore or f. Fall) 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principlesand techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessarv for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, Junior. 5pring) 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience i n a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 361,Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #) 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice sk111s through lecture. classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphas~son development of generalist practice skills and c c l e a ~ capproaches. terrures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363and In 364,candidacy status,or=. Concurrent with 462. Fall) 463 Community Development and Organization locality development and social change through community organization, socIal planning, and social actron. Emphasis on: 71 survey o i histar~calforms o l soctal change, 2) understanding the b a r ~ r15suesand strategies relevanr to social protesr and change, 3) examination of the role oi staff, and o i the functions and interrelationships of cornmunip organizat~ons.and 4) knowledge of and actual practice In the essenrial principles and ~echniquesof organizing. (Prereq.: senior or *. Fall) 462,464, Field Work I1 and IV: Progressively responsiblesupervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groupsandlor communities in a 50c1alserviceagency-Ten hours per week, plusonesupportive/discursian seminar per week. (Prereq.: completion and 2.0 i n 361, 362,364. candidacy status: concurrent with 461 and 467: Fall and Spring) 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formularion and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social w o r i practice. Developmenr and implementation will beviewed f~rsthand through work with a public policy maker, 4 hours per week. O ~ class P period per week, reading, analytical pape:integratingclasscon~epr~ wilh practical experience. [Prereq.:361.463.and senlor or 2. Spring) 466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course) Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim. 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucraticsurvival, professional job attainment, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied i n the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: 461,462,463, 466, concurrent with 464, or #. Spring) 468 Special Topics (1/2 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. ( # half or full credit. Interim) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and #) Sociology Gordon L. Nelson (Chair erson), Robert Clyde, JerryGerasimo,Garry Hesser,Anita Kolman, Diane Pike, Joe Torstenson P Major: 10 courses including 121, 362,363, 375,485. Highly recommended: a CHR course, internship,independentstudv or upper division interim course i n sociology. This recommendation i s made in the hope that thestudent will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the department. Consult department chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (i.e., 300 and above.) Honolr Major: The studenr must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major and 3.0 overall. Applicarion for honors i n S Q C ~ Q candidacy ~ O ~ ~ shall consist of submission of roposal to Department Chairperson before April 1 nf the junior year. Candi acy IS - contingen! upon departmental approval of proposal bv April 30 of junior year. After acceptance as a candidate, the student will register for Independent Studv (Sociology 499) through which work on thesis will be comptcted. Honors degree i n socialogy will be g r a n r ~ dtea candidate i f heJshe successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of senior year and maintains GPA through graduation. B Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 course including 362 (or Psychology 264), 363, Psychology 399, 450. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for a enciesor i ~ r r nwhich i do evaluationror an employee who can develop an4 maintain ongoing self-assessment programs for a n employer agency. 5ee department chairperson for further details. 111 Human Community and the Modern Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. 199 lnternship Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor i n the department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization,family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. 241 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology An examination of the idea of culture; the person's relation to culture; languageas a major organizing element i n the way we see the world. An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress"; a comparison of alternate realities as found i n different cultures and varying social contexts. An analysis of selected aspects of U.S. culture. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division students (Prereq.: 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 300,301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology -. A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. May be offered on campus i n addition to regular course offerings or off campus i n conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: #) 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The first course in a two-course sequence. Analysis of attempts to build a body of knowledge by way of a scientific approach. Tools and approaches used to evaluate ideas and describe social life through the use of quantitative information. Use of data processing equipment and computers for statistical analysis. Designed especially for political science and sociology majors. Sociology majors should take 363 the following term. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall) 363 Research Methods The second course i n a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by way of class activities and individual projects. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring) 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statistical analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applicattbns to program evaluations. Designed for social work majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra. Spring) 373 Crime and Corrections An examination of the criminal and juvenile justice systems and the various theoretical components of criminology and corrections. Major attention i s focused on the causation and prevention of crime and delinquency, and the various modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 121) 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptionsand processes underlying our everyday life -a look atthe trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation i n social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues i n the course. (Prereq.: 121 and Psychology 105) 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course i s upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Cities region will be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resources includeextensive readings,simulations,films,and outsidespeakers in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 or #. Spring) 383 Racial and Minority Croup Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention i s focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 399 Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or lnternship Director for details. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring) 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses i n sociology including 121 or #. Fall) 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures,symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed i n consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department. (Prereq.: 111 or 121 and #. Fall, Spring, Summer) 499 lndependent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121and permission of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 5 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Raymond Anderson (Chairperson), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Ailene Cole, Howard Liszt, Joel Mugge Honors Major: GPA of 3.25 in rhe major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination i n field of concentration. Application to be made early in t h e senior year. Communication Arts The communicarion major is a flexible in~erdisciplinarvprogram which allows for different emphases- jaurnalism,advertisingand publicreIations, radio-televisionfilm, human relations, and supervisorv management. Program guides for each area are available from the Deparrment Chairperson or rhe Office of Admissions. Prospective majors should contact the department as early as possible t o work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take Speech 111, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 or 241. Communication Major: 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. Supporting courses required but not counting toward the major: Speech 111; Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241,375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 243,350,351 or 355, 352, 354, 360; Participation in forensics, and a minor i n English. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: Course 111 and six of the following: 241 or 243, 350, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students preparing to teach speech i n secondary schoots may specialize i n any of three majors: speech, theater arts, and speech-theaterarts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. Thecommunication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements i n Education. Course 116 i s strongly recommended for students in elementary education. 111 Beginning Speech Basic problems of effective speaking and cdtical listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Advanced Writing: journalism (See under Department of English) 225,230 Visual Communications I, I1 (See under Department of Art) 126/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts - - 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 242 Film-Making (See under Department of Art) 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science) 343 Radio-Television Production An introduction to radio and television with an emphasis on the director's role; emphasis on producing, programming, writing, acting, casting, and lighting. (Laboratory fee: $10. Fall) 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, and listening; introduction to speech sounds and vocal mechanism. (Alternate years. Fall) 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. (Fall) 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Spring) 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements i n modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: Jr., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring) 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved i n effective functioning within small groups and organizations. (Spring) 373 Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) 399 Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details.) 495 Independent Study in Communication Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Speech, Communication, Theater A r t d l 2 7 Theater Arts Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning t o major i n theater arts should begin with courses 111,116, and 228. Course 111 i s not part of the major. Theater Arts Major: 10 courses, lus Beginning Speech: This major should be supported by several courses i n gterature including Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama or Scandinavian Drama. A. Acting Emphasis: 116,L28,23Z,243,350,360,361,362,366,432,and the children's theater interim. Strongly recommended: courses i n movement, dance, cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of crew work, and 1 internship. B. Directin Ernphxis: 116, 228, 229, 232, 350, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's r eater interim. Courses strongly recommended: courses i n movement, cinema art. and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the directing emphasis include 4 units of crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing, 1 i n stage management, and 1 internship. f C. Design Emphasis: 228,229,361,362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290 i n Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n cinema art, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the design emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2 i n technical supervision, 1 i n acting, 1 i n assistant design, 1 in design, and 1 internship. Theater Arts Minor: 5 courses including 228,232, 360,361,366. Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,116,228,229, 232,241 or 243,350,360,361,366, the experience requirement specified for theater arts majors, and a minor i n English. teach in^ Theater Arts Minor For the following: 241,243,350; an Licensure: courses 111,228,232,361,366; partrclpatlon In dramatic productions. one of Speech-Theater Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232, 241 o r 243, 350, 351 o r 355, 352, 354, 360, 361, 366; articipation i n t w o activities (forensics, interpretation, theater, broadcasting); a n 8 a minor i n English. 116 Creative Dramatics A study of creative improvisation using stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self, human relations, etc. Uses of creative dramatics in theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall) 228 Technical Production I An introduction to the backstage world of the theater: i t s organization, crafts, magic, and art. Practical craft projects, theater tours, and production experience. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee. Fall) 229 Stage Design I Introduction to scenery and lighting design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical studio projects. (Open to all students. Should be taken in freshmen and sophomore years. Spring) 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. (Spring) 128/Speech, Communication, Theater Arts 360 Interpretative Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. (Fall) 361 Theater History Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. lntroduction to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Spring, Alternate years) 362 Theater Criticism A study of forms and ideas as they are expressed through the art of drama. Attendance at local theater productions; classical, experimental,and new plays. Lectures and discussions on theory and criticism using theater productionsasfocusfor discussion. (Spring, Alternate years) 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial process: choice of plays, casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play analysis, blocking, and characterization to a specific play chosen by the class. Term project: direct a one-act play. Upper division students only. (Spring) 367 Stage Direction II In-depth analysis and practice in directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a one-act or excerpt from a longer play. (Prereq.: 366 or #. Spring) 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) 428 Technical Production II Advanced construction and problem-solving techniques in costume, scenery, and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or #. Lab fee. Fall) 429 Stage Design II Advanced design projects based on Stage Design I course material. lntroduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or #. Spring) 432 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through improvisation and extensive scene study. Emphasis i s on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd. (Fall, Alternate years) 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theater Transdisciplinary, Women's and Minority/l29 Transdisciplinary Major Students wishing t o develop their own major by combining approxriate,portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Trans lsc~pl~nary Major enables students t o respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing t o pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs i n some academic fields. Students wishing t o develop a Transdisciplinary Major are t o observe the following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the college; B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomore year (contract forms are available in the Office of the Registrar). C. The contract must be approved by the student's adviser and by the Faculty Committee on Student Standing. Women's and Minority Studies Toni Clark (Director), Rosalie Clark, Valerie Geaither, Khin Khin Jensen, James Porter The Women's and Minority StudiesProgram (formerly American Studies) consists of several interdisciplinary courses. The courses listed below fill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies requirement. There are courses i n several other departments which also focus on women and which also fulfill that requirement. Although no major or minor i s offered, there is a certificate program i n women's studies. Certificate in Women'sStudies: Individually planned program with a minimum of 6 courses oriented towards women's perspectives: 3 courses from the social sciences (including history); 1-2 courses from humanities (ljterature, religion, art, music, philosophy); 1-2 other courses such as biology, trans- or inter-disciplinary courses, independent study, directed study, etc. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. See Toni Clark, Grace Dyrud or Norma Noonan for further details. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Course content subject to change from year to year. Meets one religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 130/Women's and Minority Studies 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of thefamily, education, religion,aesthetics,economics and politics. It i s designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historical origins of women's rolesand status i n human society. Emphasiswill be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American lndian Program office. 260 Contemporary American Indians Thesituation of Indians in the United Statessince the lndian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/cultural traditions among selected lndian tribes today. 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selectionsfrom women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of black and white women i n American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by lndian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Board for College and University Services, TALC - 132 Board of Regents - 132 Administration - 133 Emeriti - 134 Faculty - 135 Computer minor opens many avenues 132/Regents, DCUS - Augsburg College Board of Regents Officers Clayton L. LeFevere, Chairman Dr. Harris W. Lee, Vice Chairman James G . Lindell, Treasurer Norma E. Knutson, Secretary Members Charles W. Arnason (1982)'. Senior Vice President and Secretary, Cowles Media Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Oscar M. Austad (1984). President, Austad Company, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1984). St. Louis Park Medical Center, St. Louis Park, Minnesota Nancy Botterniller (1986). Wadena, Minnesota Norman R. Carpenter (1982). Attorney, Faegre & Benson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Darrell J. Egertson (1982). Executive Vice President, Apache Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Donald R. Grangaard (1984). Chairman of the Board, First Bank System, Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota Lawrence 0. Hauge (1986). Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, Minnesota Norma E. Knutson (1984). Director of Urban & Ethnic Ministries, DSMA of the American Lutheran Church Minneapolis, Minnesota Harris W. Lee (1982). Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, Minnesota Clayton 1. LeFevere (1982). Partner, LeFevere, Lefler, Kennedy, O'Brien and Drawz, Minneapolis Minnesota Chester Lind (1986). Chairman of Executive Committee, Northwest Bancorporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota James G. Lindell (1982). Treasurer, West Publishing Company, St. Paul, Minnesota Gary H. Lohn (1986). Vice President of Employment Preparation Services, Control Data Corporation, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Arthur Naftalin (1984). Professor, Public Affairs, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis Minnesota Howard E. Olson (1984). President, Sonford Products Corporation, St. Paul Park, Minnesota Donald G. Padilla (1986). Chairman of the Board & CEO, Padilla and Speer, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota George T. Pennock (1982). Chairman, Tennant Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota Dr. Carl Platou (1984). President, Fairview Community Hospitals, Minneapolis, Minnesota The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo (1984). Member of Congress, Fifth District - Minnesota, Washington, D.C. N. Stanley Stake (1986). Minneapolis Minnesota Dr. M e r t o n P. Stromrnen (1986). President, Search Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota Stanley Thiele (1986). Senior Vice President Administrative Services, 3M Center, St. Paul, Minnesota Mary Lou Williams (1984). Administrative Aid to the Mayor, Minneapolis, Minnesota 'The year in parentheses after each name indicates the expiration of term. Board for College and University Services The American Lutheran Church Robert Borgwardt, Madison, Wisconsin Sylvia Bosse, Warren, Ohio Faith Burgess, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania Marguerite Foster, Dallas, Texas Erwin H. Goldenstein, Lincoln, Nebraska Marilyn Hemstad, Olympia, Washington Dennis Griffin, Sioux Falls, South Dakota Edwin Gunberg, Bethesda, Maryland Gustav Kopka, Jr., East Lansing, Michigan Ronald Matthias, Director, Minneapolis, Minnesota Administration President President.. ...................................................... Charles S. Anderson College Pastor.. ....................................................... Lowell Brandt Executive Secretary to the President Carolyn Magnusson ................................ Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College.. ............. Richard Green Associate Academic Dean .................................................. Pat Parker Registrar ................................................................ John A. H i l l Assistant Registrar.. ....................................................... Carol Stack Head Librarian. ................................................... Margaret Anderson Music Administrator and Fine Arts Coordinator.. ........................ Craig Carnahan Director of Audio Visual Services.. ........................................ James Olson Director, American Indian Programs .................................... Bonnie Wallace Coordinator, Black Student Affairs.. ................................... Valerie Geaither Recorder.. .............................................................. Ralph Bailey Interim Director ...................................................... D o n Gustafson International Studies Program Director.. .............................. Mary A. Kingsley International Student Adviser ......................................... Mary E. Johnson Secretary to the Dean ................................................. Joanne Hilliard Finance and Management ........................... Vice President for Finance and Management Wayne Pederson Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services .................... Herald Johnson Associate Director, Financial Aid .......................................... Virene Luthi Director of Personnel .............................................. Bonnie-Jean M o r k Chief Accountant.. ........................................................ Jeff Kosse Manager, College Center.. ............................................ M i l d r e d Nelson Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending ................................ Robert Gores Director of Plant Services .............................................. Gerald Johnson Custodial Supervisor ................................................ James Crittenden Maintenance Supervisor.. ................................................. Rob Curtis Grounds Supervisor.. .................................................... Fred Wolter Manager,IceArena ...................................................... JamesCarey Secretary to the Vice President ........................................... Cynthia Lein Development and Public Relations Vice President for Development and Public Relations ................... Gerald D. Bjelde Associate Director of Development.. ..................................... Jeroy Carlson Assistant Director of Development .......................................... Paul Gens Director of Parent/Alumni Relations.. ................................... Janice Rykken Assistant to the Vice President.. ......................................... A. B. Batalden Planned Giving Associate ........................................ Sigvald V. Hjelmeland Director of Public Relations.. ........................................... Lois G. Wollan Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information. ......................... Kay Cady Public Relations Editorial Assistant.. ......................................... Pat Phelps Manager, Central Services ................................................ JillRaschein Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Jeanette Keeney 134/Administration, Emeriti Admissions ............................................ Director of Admissions John B. Hjelrneland Assistant Director ........................................................... Bill Ross Coordinator of Transfer Programs Jeannette Wittrner Admissions Counselor.. Eric Anderson Admissions Counselor.. .................................................. Sally H o u g h Admissions Counselor.. Brian Arvold Transfer Credit Evaluation Coordinator Charlene Weidenbach ................................... ................................................ ................................................. .......................... Student Affairs Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students ................ Marianne Sander Associate Dean of Students (on leave). ......................................Rick Thoni Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement ......................... Patricia Garland Co-Director of Career Planning and Placement ......................... Nancy Medcraft Director of Student Life (Housing) .............................. Linda Schrernpp Alberg Director of Student Activities .............................................. Joan Slater Coordinator, Urness Tower .............................................. Pam Joachirn Coordinator, Mortenson Tower ..................................... Corinne Hofrnann Coordinator, Annex Houses ........................................... Ruth Dinerrnan Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ....................................... D o n Warren Director of Human Development.. ........................................ Judy Essrnan Counselor/Student Development Specialist .............................. Linda Rodgers Secretary to the Vice President ........................................ Dorothy Gauger Emeriti Oscar A. Anderson. President Emeritus. (1963-1980). B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Bernhard M. Christensen. President Emeritus (1938-1963). Ph.D., The Hartford Seminary Foundation. 1. Gracia Christensen. Assistant Professor Emerita of English. Courtland Agre. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina. Assistant Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. K. Berner Dahlen. Associate Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof. Emeritus of Music. M.M., Manhattan Music School. Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig. Artist i n Residence Emerita. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. M i l d r e d V. Joel, Professor Emerita, M.A., University of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven. Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lorraine K. Livingston. Associate Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha M. Mattson. Associate Professor Emerita of Education. M.A., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson. Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Esther J. Olson. Professor Emerita of Theater Arts. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson. Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson. Associate Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck. Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College, D. Mus., Lakeland College. A. M a y o Savold. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music. Paul T. Steen. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Thut. Associate Professor Emeritus of Music. M.Mus., American Conservatory of Music. Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Fac ~ I t y September, 1981) Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert Adney* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chair of Chemistry. B.A.,St. Olaf College; MS., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Lyla M a e Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.. Northwestern University. Bobbi Anderson* (1979). Specialist-Early Childhood Education, lnstructor i n Education. B.S.. MS., University of Wisconsin; Education Specialist, Mankato State University. Charles S. Anderson (1976). President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ernest W. Anderson (1947). Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Anderson (1967). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor and Department Chair of Speech, Communication and Theater Arts. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.: University of Minnesota. Deborah Bart* (1980). lnstructor i n Speech. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B. D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary. Robert E. Beverly* (1966). Studio Artist/Music. B.M.Ed., M.M., Northwestern University. JamesE. Billings* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald D. Bjelde (1980). Vice President of Development and Public Relations. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead. Timothy Blackburn* (1980). Lecturer i n English. B.A., St. John's University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vern Bloom* (1971). Director of CHR Program. M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton* (1975). Assistant Professor of Speech. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). lnstructor and Department Chair of Health and Physical Education. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand* (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet. B.S. Music Ed., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Lowell N. Brandt (1974). College Pastor. B.A., California Lutheran College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Maria Brown (1980). Instructor, Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce* (1978). Studio Artist/Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Carl H. Chrislock (1952). Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). lnstructor i n Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Toni Clark (1974). Assistant Professor of English, Director of Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., Ph.D., University of California,Santa Barbara. The year in parentheses after the name indicates beginning of service in the College. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Communications Research and Resource Center. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Ailene Cole (1956). Professor of Theater/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Benjamin Cooper (1975). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Yale University. Lawrence Copes (1980). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Liv Dahl* (1976). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages, Director of Scandinavian Area Studies. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Beverly Durkee (1965). Professor and Department Chair of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson(1976). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; MS., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Sheldon Fardig (1962). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman Ferguson (1972). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Larry Fleming (1979). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Music. B.M., Concordia College; M.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Henry G. Follingstad (1962). Associate Professor of Mathematics. MS., University of Minnesota. Barry M. Franklin (1978). Assistant Professor of Education. A.B., California State University, Northridge; M.A.T., University of Chicago; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-La Crosse; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Robert Friederichsen* (1971). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. John Gidmark* (1980). Lecturer i n English. Thomas Gilkey* (1979). Studio Artist/Music. B.M., DePauw University. Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor and Department Chair of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Goetz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M., University of North Carolina; M.M., University of Cotorado. Anne Goodwin* (1981). lnstructor i n English. B.A., Carleton College; M.A.T., College of St. Thomas. Paul Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Green (1980). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; MS., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Louisville. Satya Gupta* (1976). Associate Professor of Business Administration. Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Associate Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin Gyberg (1974). Associate Professor of Chemistry. 13.5, Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leif E. Hansen (1961). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Karen Harwood* (1980). Lecturer i n Library Science. Milda Hedblom (1971). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Douglas R. Heidenreich* (1970). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.A., University of Minnesota; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Roberts. Herforth (1966). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chalr of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M. Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. John A. Hill (1980). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., George Washington University. Carol Hoffman (1978). Instructor i n Nursing. B.S., Hamline University; M.S., University of Minnesota. NormanD.Holen {7964). Professor of Art. B.A.,Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holi (1981), Associate Professor of Rel~gion.B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale Uniuesitv. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chernisrry. B.A.. St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard Husfloen* (1982). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary. Khin Khin Jensen* (1955). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University (Burma); M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Einar Johnson(1956). Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington. James J. Johnson (1969). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Juilliard School of Music. Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor, Department Chair of Foreign Languages, and International Student Adviser. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Rees M. Johnson (1978). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.S., Winona State University. Syl Jones* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., Augsburg College. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration and Department Chair of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo (Egypt); M.S.. University of Michigan. Robert Karlen (1973). Professor of MUSIC. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965)..4ssociate Professor of Fore~gnLanguages. Director of International Programs. B.A., 51. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee Klernp* ('1980F. Studio Artisr/Oboe. B R., Augsburg College. Al Kloppen (19761. Asr~stantProfessor of Health and Phvsical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M A . , University of South Dakota. Boyd Koehler (1967). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A.. Un~versityof Minnesota. Anita Sue Kolman* (1977). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Maryland; M.S.. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette* (1972). Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S., University of Minnesota. Leo Richard Lake (1981). Associate Professor of Computer Science. 8.5, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Roberta K. Lammers (1975). Assistant Professor of Biology. 8.5, Iowa State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nicholas Lenz* (1980). Studio Artist/Voice. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Howard Liszt* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Speech and Communication. B.A., M.S., University of Minnesota. Paul W. Lohman* (1981). Director of Chorale. B.A., Augsburg College. Nancy S. Malcolm (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of Colorado; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Richard Marken (1974). Assistant Professor and Department Chair of Psychology. B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara. Keishiro Matsumoto (1971). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Waseda University, Tokyo; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Marie 0. McNeff* (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Lynne Medcalf* (1979). Visiting Lecturer i n Business Administration. B.S.B., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Melson* (1979). Studio Artist/Voice. B.M.Ed., Simpson College; M.M., Northwestern University. Roberta Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; 8. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. August Molder* (1962). Artist i n Residence i n Art. Law, Master of Law, University of Tartu, Estonia. Joel Mugge (1977). Assistant Professor of Speech and Communication. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas Nelson (1977). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., College of St. Thomas. Gordon 1. Nelson (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University o f Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological - Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968). Associate Professor of Historv. B.A., Universitv of Nebraska; M.A., ~, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl* (1973). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Crier Nicholl* (1960). Professor of English. B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Teacher College, Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Nursing. B.S.N., MS., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Celeste M. O'Brien* (1975). Studio Artist/Piano. B.A., Hamline University. Richard D. Olmsted (1977). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Sandra Olmsted* (1979). Lab lnstructor i n Chemistry. James F. Olson (1975). Assistant Professor. Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. William Oyler* (1969). Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Carleton College; 8.5, M.A., University of Minnesota. Facu lty/l39 Ronald G. Palosaari (1965): Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kermit Paulson (1968). Associate Professor and Department Chair of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., University of Wisconsin. Pamela Paulson* (1975). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Colorado; MS., University of Illinois. Marilyn Pearson (1980). lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; MS., St. Cloud State University. Wayne Pederson (1969). Vice President of Finance and Management. B.S., Concordia College, Moorhead. Lauretta Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed., Marquette University. Douglas Perry (1976). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Diane 1. Pike (1981). Assistant Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D. Yale University. JamesPorter* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Women's and Minorities Studies. Alice Preves* (1976). Studio Artist/Strings. B.S., M.S., University of Illinois. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chair of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor and Department Chair of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Madeline Renaud* (1981). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Roosevelt University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Kenneth Rich* (1979). Visiting Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Purdue University; M.B.A., Harvard School of Business; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Rusten* (1971). Adjunct lnstructor i n Art. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne Sander (1971). Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Sargent (1967). Associate Professor and Department Chair of English. B.A., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Exeter, England. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Irene Schilling* (1973). Assistant Professor. Librarian. B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A.. University of Minnesota. Maria Schweikert* (1979). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. Teacher's Diploma, Budapest. Hungary; M.A., University of Pittsburgh. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois: M.A., University of Minnesota. Eugene Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Dana Skoglund* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Piano. B.M., Augsburg College. Emma Small* (1978). Studio Artist i n Music/Voice. B.M., M.M.. Eastman School of Music. Louisa Ann Smith* (1979). Lecturer i n Library Science. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., A.B.D.. University of Minnesota. Paul Sonnack* (1949). Visiting Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th.. Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Chicago. George Stahl* (1976). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.M.. Chicago Musical College. Soterios Stavrou* (1975). lnstructor i n Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College. Donald Steinmetz (1968). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel (1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College; Graduate, Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Bruce Stuart* (1980). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., University of North Dakota; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Minnesota. Daniel Sturm* (1979). Studio Artist i n Music/String Bass. B.A., University of Minnesota. Grace Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor. Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Mary Swanson* (1976). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeff Swenson* (1980). Wrestling Coach. B.A., Augsburg College. Jamesten Bensel* Studio Artist i n Music/Trombone. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Paul Thomas* (1977). Studio Artist i n Music/Cello. B.A., University of Minnesota. Philip Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chair of Art. B.A., Concordia College; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967). Professor and Department Chair of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary Timm* (1973). Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach. Sheldon Torgerson (1981). Visiting Lecturer i n Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary. Joel Torstenson* (1947). Professor Emeritus of Sociology. David Tubergen (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Hope College; M.M., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University. Joetta A. Vernon* (1980). lnstructor i n Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Minnesota. Donald Warren* (1978). Lecturer i n English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dorothy J. Williamson* (1970). lnstructor i n Art. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary Wilson* (1969). Studio Artist i n Music/Flute. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Helen Woelfel (1978). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., St. Louis University; M.S., Marquette University. David Wood (1969). Professor of English. B.S., Wisconsin State University, Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University. ( O n leave 1981-82) Angela Wyatt* (1981). Studio Artist i n Music/Saxophone. B.S., St. Olaf College. Daniel Zemel* (1981). Visiting lecturer i n Religion, B.A., Brown University; HUC-JIR, N e w York School, M.A.H.L. -e another national CIhampionsh . . Augsburg is an accessible campus in the city Academic Adviser ........................... 31 Academic Calendar 31. 144 Academic Enrichment ....................... I7 Academic Information ................... 31-38 Academic Organization 32 Academic Policies and Procedures.. ....... 3836 Accounting Major .......................... 52 Accreditation 6.44 Adapted Physical Education .................. 83 Administration ........................ 133-734 Admissions ............................... 9-11 Advanced Placement 42 Advanced Standing .................. .... ... 42 Affiliation ................................ 6. 44 Air Force ROTC 3: American Indian Programs 27 Application t o Augsburg ................... 9-11 Application for Financial Aid 16-17 Area Studies East and Southeast Asian 62.63 Russian ............................ ..... . 80 Scandinavian ........................ 117.118 Art History Courses ......................... 49 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) ............... 31.36-37,44 Athletics ................................ 26, 44 Audio-visual ......................... 31-32, 36 Audit Fee .................................. 13 Auditing Courses 41 ..................... ..................... ............................. ........................ ............................ ................... .............. ................ ........................... Biology ................................. 43-52 Black Student Programs ..................... ZT Black Student Union ........................ 17 Board for College and University Services. TALC ..................... .. ... 132 Board of Regents .......................... 131 Board Plans ................................ 13 Books and Supplies ......................... 74 Breakage and Fine Fee ...................... 15 Brief Facts about Augsburg 44 .................. Calendar. Academic ..................... 31. 146 Campus ............................ 2-3.44. 141 Campus Map .............................. 2-3 Campus Tours ............................... 9 Cancellation from College ................... 39 Cancellation of Courses ..................... 39 Career Planning and Placement .............. 27 Center for Student Development (CSD) .... 27. 29 Certification Programs-Art ................ 34. 47 Church Staff Work .................... 34. 114 Program Evaluation ............... 34.111. 122 Women's Studies ..................... 34. 129 Chemical Dependency Program .............. 36 Chinese ................................. 62. 74 Classification ..................... ....... 42 Coaching Endorsement ...................... 83 College Center ......................... 2.3. 26 College Pastor .......................... 25. 133 Communication ....................... 126-127 Communications Directory ......... Front Cover Computer Programming (CDI) ............... 36 Computer Resources ........................ 32 Computer Science ....................... 92-93 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................... . 36. 122 .. .. Continuing Education ....................... 38 Coordinators . Discrimination or Grievance .................... Front Cover Corredive ~ h e r a ~ ~ ......................... 83 Costs 1982.83 ................................ 13 C.P.A. Certification ......................... 54 Counseling and Guidance ................... 27 Course Descriptions/Majors/Minors ...... 46-130 Art, Art History ........................ 47-49 Biology ............................... 49-52 Business Administration and Economics .. 52-59 Chemistry ............................. 59-61 East and Southeast Asian Studies ......... 62-63 Education ............................. 63-69 Engineering ........................... 69-70 English ................................ 70-73 Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82 Geography ......................... ... .. 82 Health and Physical Education ........... 82-86 History 86-88 Humanities ............................... 89 Interdisciplinary Studies ........ 93-%.12%130 International Relations .................... 89 Mathematics/Computer Science ........ W 9 3 Medical Technology ...................... 93 Metro-Urban Studies ................... 93-96 Music, Music Therapy .................. %-99 Natural Science ...................... 100-101 Nursing .................... ....,.... 101-103 Philosophy .......................... 103-105 Physiu .............................. 105-107 Poliliral Science ..................... 108-111 Psychology .......................... 111-113 Religion ............................ 114-116 Russian Area Studies ..................... 117 Scandinavian Area Studies ............ 117-118 Social Science ........................... 119 Social Studies ............................ 119 Social Work ......................... 120-122 Sociology ........................... 122-124 Speech, Communication and Theater Arts ....................... 125-128 Transdisciplinary Studies .................. 129 Women's and Minority Studies 129-130 Course Numbering ......................... 46 ........ Dean's L~st......................... ... .... 43 Degrees .................................... 31 Departments Art .. ..................++............. 47-49 Biology ............................... 49-52 Business Administration & Economics .... 52-59 Chemistry ............................. 59-61 Education ............................. 63-69 English ................................ 70-73 Foreign Languages ..................... 73-82 Health & Physical Education ............. 82-86 History ................................ 86-88 Mathematics/Computer Science ........ 90-93 Music ................................. 96-99 Nursing ............................. 101-103 Philosophy .......................... 103-105 Physics ........................... , 105-107 Political Science ..................... 108-111 Psychology .......................... 111-113 Religion .................. 114-116 .. ........,. 144/l ndex Social Work ......................... 120-122 Sociology ........................... 122-124 Speech. Communication. Theater Arts ....................... 125.128 Deposits ................................ 14.15 Departmental Scholarships 21-23 Directed Study ............................. 43 Dismissal from College 15. 42 Distinction. Graduation with 43 Distribution Requirements ................... 40 Divisions ................................... 32 Drama ............................. 26. 125-126 Driving to Campus ........................... 3 ................ ................... ................. 10 Early Admission ............................. Early Decision ........................... 10. 17 East and Southeast Asian Studies 62-63 East Asian Studies ........................ 62-63 Economics .............................. 56-59 Elementary Education .................... 64-65 Emeriti 134 Engineering ............................. 69-70 Enrollment ................................. 44 Evaluation and Grading ...................... 42 ........... 2.3.7 Facilities ................................ Facts & Figures .............................. 4 Faculty .......................... 37.44.135.142 Fees ....................................... 14 Finance Major .............................. 52 Financial Aid ......................... 16.23. 44 Food Service ............................... 28 Foreign Study ........................ 28. 37. 44 ........... 74-76 French ................... Full-time Student ........................... 13 Foreign Language Placement ................. 73 .. General Scholarships ..................... 19-20 Geography ................................. 82 German ................................. 76-78 Gifts and Grants 17.18.1 9.23 Grade Point Average (GPA) ............ 10.39. 42 Grading ................................. 41-42 Graduates .................................. 44 Graduation Requirements ................ 39-40 Graduation with Distinction 43 Grants .................................. 17-18 Greek ..................................... 78 ................... .................. Health Education ........................ 82-83 Health Service .............................. 28 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.37.9 3.94 History .................................. 86-88 History of Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Honors Major (See Departmental listings) Honors Program ............................ 38 Housing ....................... 2.3.7.14.28. 29 Human Development Seminars .............. 27 Humanities ................................. 89 Humanities Division ......................... 3? ......................... Independent Study 4 Intercollegiate Athletics .................. 26.44 lntercultural Center ...................... 17-28 Interdisciplinary Studies 93.96.12 9.130 .......... Inter-Institutional Programs ............... 36-37 Interim ................... 31.37.38.39.44. 146 53 International Business 89 International Relations International Students 71.28 Internship Program ......................... 38 Intramural Athletics 26 ....................... ...................... .................... ......................... Japanese ................................ 62. 78 KCMR Radio ............................... Kindergarten Licensure ...................... 26 64 27 Learning for Living .......................... Library/Audio-Visual 32.36. 44 L~braryScience Courses 69 Life'Science Emphasis 100 Lifetime Sports .......................... 40. 83 Linguistics Courses 79 Loan Assistance ............................. 18 Location 2.3.6 .................. ..................... ...................... .......................... ................................ .. Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) 33.39,M Management Major ......................... 52 Marketing Major ........................... 5: Mathematics/Computer Science .......... 9b93 Mathematics Placement ..................... 90 Medical Technology ........................ 93 Memberships ............................. 6 . 4 Metro-Urban Studies ..................... 93-96 Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ........... 94 Minnesota State Work Study Program 19 Minority Scholarships ....................... X1 Mission Statement ........................... 4 Mortensen Tower ....................... 2.3. 19 Music ................................... 96-99 Music Organizations ..................... 26. 97 Music Therapy ........................... 96-91) ......... Natural Science ........................ 1W-101 Natural Science/Mathematics Division ........ 31 Norwegian .............................. 79Numbering of Courses 46 ...................... .............. Off-Campus Programs 36.37.38. Orientation (Summer) ....................... 44 27 Parking ................................ 1.3.74 Part-Time Students .......................... 13 Payment Plans .............................. 15 Physical Education ....................... 83-86 Physical Science Emphasis 100 Policies ............................ 6 . 3 W 3 . 4 4 Prekindergarten ......................... 64-65 Pre-Professional Programs ................ 34-35 Prerequisites 46 Probation and Dismissal ..................... 41 Professional Studies Division 32 Program in Global Community ............ 37. 44 .................. ............................... ................. .......... Re-admission of Former Students 11. 17 Refunds .................................... 15 Registration ............................. 38-39 Registers Administration ...................... 133-134 Board for College and University Services. TALC ............... 132 Board of Regents ........................ 132 Emeriti .................................. 134 Faculty .............................. 135.140 Religious & Christian Service Scholarships ..... 20 Religious Life ............................... 25 Residence Life ........................... 28-29 Residence Requirement ..................... 40 Room Rent ................................. 13 ROTC (Air Force) ........................... 37 Russian .................................... 80 Russian Area Studies ....................... 117 San Francisco Summer Term ................. 96 Scandinavian Area Studies .............. 1T7-118 Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST)...... 95 Scholarships ............................. 77-23 School Social Work Certification ............ '120 Science Emphasis (Grades 5-9) ............... 101 Secondary Education .................. 63-66-69 SEMAPHORE - Student Handbook .......... 26 Semester or Year Abroad .................... 37 Sigma Pi Sigma ............................ Inti Smiley's Point Clinic ......................... 28 Society of Physics Students .................. 706 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ...... 94 Spanish ................................. 8042 Special Education ........................... 68 Special Fees ................................ 74 Special Interest Houses ........................ In Special Students (Non-degree) ............... 7 1 Speech ............................... 725-726 ........ 32 Social and Behavioral Science Division Sponsored Scholarships .................. 19-23 119 Social Science ............................. Social Studies .............................. 119 Social Welfare Minor ....................... 120 Student Activities ........................... 26 Student Employment ........................ 19 Student/Faculty Ratio ....................... 44 Student Government ........................ 25 Student Life ............................. 25-29 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ........................ 37. 4 4 Student Publications 26 Student Rights .............................. 29 Student Services ......................... 26-29 Studio Art Courses ....................... 47-48 Study Abroad ...................... 26.37.38,M Summer Orientation 2; Summer Sessions ........................ 31. 38 ........................ ...................... !. Teaching Licensure ................ 34.63.64. 66 Testscores .................................. 9 Theater Arts ........................... 127-128 9.10. 14 Transcripts ............................ Transdisciplinary Studies .................... 129 Transfer Student Application ................. 10 Tuition ..................................... 13 Tuition Deposit 9-10. 14 ........................ Urness Tower Veterans ...........................2.3. 29 ................................... 43 Women's and Minority Studies .......... 129-130 Work Study ................................ 19 Academic Calendar 1982-83 Fall Semester Aug. 31-Sept. 1 Registration and Welcome Classes Begin Labor Day Recess Last day to register, add or drop class without record notation Mid-term break Last day t o designate grading option Interim Registration Spring Term Pre-Registration Last day to withdraw from a class Thanksgiving Recess Begins Classes Resume Classes End Final Examinations Final Grades Due Sept. 2 Sept. 5 Sept. 16 Oct. 29 Nov. 5 Nov. 8-11 Nov. 15-Dec. 3 Nov. 18 Nov. 25 Nov. 29 Dec. 10 Dec. 13-16 Dec. 22 Interim Jan. 3 Jan. 4 Jan. 17 Jan. 21 Jan. 27 Feb. 4 Classes Begin Last day t o register, add or drop class without record notation Last day t o designate grading option Last day to withdraw from a class Classes end Interim grades due 1983-84 1983 1982 September 5 12 19 26 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 4 8 91011 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 October 3 10 17 24 31 7 14 21 28 4 5 6 7 11 12 13 14 18 19 20 21 25 26 27 28 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 November 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 January 2 9 16 23 30 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 2 3 4 8 91011 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 29 30 31 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 31 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 17 18 19 20 21 22 2 24 25 26 27 28 29 3 31 February 6 13 20 27 1 2 3 4 5 789101112 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 7 14 21 28 March 6 13 20 27 December 5 12 19 26 July 1 8 15 22 29 August 1 2 3 4 5 891011121 15 16 17 18 19 2 22 23 24 25 26 2 29 30 31 September 1 2 3 4 5 789101112 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2 25 26 27 28 29 30 Aprll 3 10 17 24 1 8 15 22 29 5 12 19 26 4 5 6 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27 7 14 21 28 October 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 May 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 June 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 91011 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 23 24 25 26 27 28 2' 30 31 November 6 13 20 27 7 14 21 28 1 2 3 8 9 10 15 16 17 22 23 24 29 30 4 11 1; 18 1 25 21 December 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 18 19 20 21 22 23 2, 25 26 27 28 29 30 3
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1984-1986
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ............................................ 2 Admissions .............................................. 6 Costs and Financial Policies............... 10 Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17 Student Life ........................................... 24 Academic Information...........
Show more ............................................ 2 Admissions .............................................. 6 Costs and Financial Policies............... 10 Sponsored Scholarships ...................... 17 Student Life ........................................... 24 Academic Information......................... 30 Introduction Departments and Course ...................................... 47 Registers .............................................. 141 Index .................................................... 149 Communications Directory............... 151 Academic Calendars.......................... 152 Request for Information ................... 153 Campus Map............. Inside Back Cover Descriptions AUGSBURC COLLE.C E Catalog 1984-86 USPS #490-310 Volume 115. Number 3 Fall 1984 Published four times a year in Spring. Summer. Fall. and Winter by Augsburg College. 731 21st Avenue South. Minneapolis. M N. Second Class postage paid at Minneapolis. Minnesota. O l d Main, on the National Register of Historic Places, recalls Augsburg's heritageas the first U.S. school founded to train pastors t o serve Norwegian immigrants. [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Introducing Augsburg Few liberal arts colleges combine t h e excitement and vitality of a metropolitan center with t h e smallness and intimacy of the rural setting. Augsburg is o n e of t h e few, very special Christian colleges which can offer you both, as indicated in t h e Mission Statement adopted by t h e Faculty and t h e Board of Regents in 1977. Mission Statement Augsburg is an accredited four-year liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church located in Minneapolis, at the center of the Twin Cities metropolitan area. The coeducational student body of approximately 1500, while largely of Lutheran orientation, includes students of diverse ages from a wide variety of religious, cultural and ethnic backgrounds. For over 100 years the college has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge in its disciplines, responsiveness t o the needs of society and the world, and preparation of students for service and leadership in church and society. The mission of Augsburg College i s to educate students through a distinctive combination of commitment to the Christian faith, the liberal arts and excellence in academic program. Augsburg College is known for its people, who strive t o be a supportive, informal and free community of learners involved with the metropolitan environment. The academic program is primarily committed to providing students with a broad background in a variety of subject areas as well as encouraging personal development. Excellence in the academic programs has characterized and is a continued goal of the college. Augsburg College: Challenges students with a portion of the knowledge and thought which has been formative within human history and culture through a wide variety of ideas, disciplines and selected professional and pre-professional programs; Assists students in developing intellectual skills as well as in selecting a career; Encourages within students the attitudes and skills necessary t o prepare them to be learners throughout their lives. Education at Augsburg is based on the belief that the world i s Cod's, entrusted to us for care, exploration and understanding. As a Christian community the college embraces a wide range of religious expression and participation. As part of its academic program Augsburg seeks t o give all its students an informed understanding of the Christian faith and heritage as well as an opportunity to encounter other segments of the world's religious heritage. In addition t o this intellectual task the aim of the college is t o help students understand the Christian faith as relevant for their own experience and for participation in the commitment to the role of the Christian community in the modern world. Augsburg College seeks to act responsibly within the metropolitan community. The quality of Augsburg's education is enriched by the people, culture and educational resources provided by its location. The college i s also aware that it has a responsibility t o contribute t o the larger community. In doing this, the college directs several of its programs specifically at the metropolitan setting, provides areas of study not available elsewhere in the area, and offers itself as an educational resource for a variety of new student populations. History - Fjord to Freeway Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved t o Minneapolis in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first college graduation was in 1879. The school was officially named Augsburg College in 1963 when its former sponsor, the Lutheran Free Church, merged with The American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theological Seminary in St. Paul that same year. Continuing ties with this heritage are reflected in the College Center's Augsburg Room and in replication of the original sign for Old Main. From Fjord to Freeway, a candid history of the College and its people during the first 100 years, by Augsburg's Carl E. Chrislock, is available in the College Bookstore. Location and Campus Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and t w o of the city's largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent t o the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or o n bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Airlines providing daily service t o MinneapolisSt. Paul International Airport include American, Capitol, Continental, Delta, Eastern, Northwest Orient, Ozark, Republic, Trans World, United, USAir, and Western. Bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies I t i s the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators who are listed in the Communications Directory (page 151) or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7th Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe t o the Statement of Principles o n Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council, and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (MHECB). Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, Music Hall, and the Psychology Building. Admissions Office, located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. George Sverdrup Library, (1955) named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. Science Hall (1949) houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed in 1960. Old Main (19001 is home for the Foreign Langua e and Art departments and has classrooms used by other de artrnents. Extensively remodgelled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with arc!itectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Pfaces. West Hall (1966) is apartment housing for married and upperclass students. Mortensen Tower, (1973), named in honor of Cerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. Urness Tower, (1967) named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, who have several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 321 students. tach$= is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, ~ u d and y utility areas. Augsburg College Center, (1967) center of non-academic activity, has spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student government and student publications. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, (1938) named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. Music Hall, (1978) newest buildin on campus, contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music5ibraries, practice studios and offices forthe musicfaculty. Psychology Building (1964) has classrooms, offices and laboratories for the Psychology department in the former studio building. Melby Halt, (1961) named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity department, providesfacilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes, Ice Arena, (1974) with two large skating areas, is used for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Stage II Theater, formerly Old Music Hall, was redesigned in 1979 with a thrust stage as a temporary performing facility for the Theater department, which also retains space in the Little Theater building. South Hall, Kueffner apartments, and annex houses, all located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Students meet at the kiosk, in the " Q u a d [ P h o t o by Scott Stensrud) Admissions Augsburg College seeks students who possess qualities of intellect and character which will enable the student to benefit from and contribute to the college community. Each applicant is judged on individual merit without regard for race, creed, sex, age, disability, and national or ethnic origin. Augsburg's admissions office staff members are available to help students and parents with college planning. The Admissions Office is open weekdays from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Tours can be arranged for Saturday and Sunday as well. Visitors are asked to write or call the Admissions Office (612) 330-1001 prior to the visit. The admissions staff will arrange a campus tour, class visitations, and conferences with professors according to the wishes of the visitor. The Admissions Office is located on the northwest corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. Application Procedures for Freshmen 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission, and return it t o the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. 3. Test Scores Freshman applicants are required t o submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. 4. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 5. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 6. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Early Decision for Freshmen An Early Decision Program is offered for students who select Augsburg as a primary college choice. An Early Decision candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The admissions decision is based upon the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required t o complete the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid Application, which enables our Financial Aid Office t o compute a preliminary award. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. This application is available in the Admissions Office. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish t o accelerate their educational program may by granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Application Procedures for Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission t o the College, is sometimes necessary. For example, registered nurses seeking a Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must have a 2.5 GPA and complete the Department of Nursing credit evaluation tests. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission t o the major is necessary. 1. Application for Admission Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it t o the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. 2. Transcripts An official transcript from the college(s) you have attended is required. Transfer student applicants must have an official transcript from their high school sent to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. 3. Additional Information If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. 4. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. 5. Confirmation of Admission Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked t o make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing t o the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Re-Admission of Former Students A student who has interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wishes t o return applies for re-admission through the Registrar's Office. A student who has attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. Admission as a Special Student (Non-Degree) In some circumstances, a person may be admitted as a special student (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually a parttime student, he or she may subsequently become a candidate for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Registrar's Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status i s available from the Registrar's Office. Admission for International Students International students should consult with the Director of Admissions regarding the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission t o Augsburg two months prior t o the start of the semester: July 1 for Fall, November 1 for Spring. To contact the Director, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Director of Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis M N 55454 U.S.A. I r I _C1- .? - logging along the [Mississippi) River Road is an activity shared by students, faculty and staff [Photo by john Louis Anderson] Costs and Financial Policies Students pay less than the full cost of an education at Augsburg College. The balance of instructional and operating costs comes from annual contributions from the American Lutheran Church, endowment funds, and gifts from individuals, corporations and foundations. College Costs 1984-85 Costs listed have been approved by the Board of Regents for the 1984-85 academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The college reserves the right t o adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ....................................................................$5,560.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1984. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to college-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course .....................................................775.00 This rate applies t o students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/ or an Interim only. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ...............................................390.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. ................................................................. 1,210.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ...................................................................... 1,180.00 Room Rent (includes telephone) Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,140.00; the point plan is $920.00. Other Special Fees (not refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (Full-time students only) Late Registration (per day after classes begin) Registration Change after firsi 5 days (Canceljaddlchange grade option, or combination at one time) ................................ ........................................... $ 5.00 ..................... 10.00 Introduction to Cinema Arts Life Drawing (See lnterim Catalog for fee) Medical Technology (Senior Fee) 5.00 35.00 Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) 390.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) 150.00 Class, per semester .................... 50.00 Radio-Television Production 10.00 Theater Technical Production 35.00 ..................... ............................. Student Teaching (per course) Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) .................. 15.00 125.00 ................................ 775.00 Fees Payable by Check/Cash Application (new and/or special students) $ 15.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests .......................... 40.00 5.00 Locker Rental (commuters) ........... ..................... .. Student Parking Lot Permit ........... Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ............. special Examinations (schedule on file in Registrar's Office) 20.00 2.00 Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $200 - 250 per year. Deposits Enrollment (non-refundable) ...................................................................... $00.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited t o the student's account when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. There are three deadline dates, each providing different benefits to you. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage ..........................................................................................100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, t o reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of Student Life in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due t o late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1 for Fall semester or January 1 for Spring Semester, $35.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent t o the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1) Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan - upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter. (4) 10-month Payment Plan - upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 participation fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installments beginning June 20 and ending March 20. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts 'which are current. An application will be sent upon request. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic or financial aid transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of loan funds administered by the College (National DirectIDefense Student LoansNDSL and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according t o established repayment schedules. Refunds Withdrawal from College forms are available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely, signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, drop t o part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 700% 40% 80?b 7'0% - through the first five da s of clasm. - from the sixth through 7&h dav of classes. - from t h e I f th through 15th day of classes. - from The 76th throu h 20th dav of classes. 600~1- from the 21st fhrau$ 25th day of classes. 50% - from the 26th day o: classes thmugh the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student i s forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending physician stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an interim or t o graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied t o the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid The financing of post-secondary education may well be one of the more significant investments that an individual or a family will make in an entire lifetime. Because this is the case, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in the selection of an institution, but also in the methods utilized in paying the related expenses. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, is committed to help provide students and their families with the needed assistance, both monetary and advisory, that will protect access t o a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with Federal, State, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academic year 1983-84 approximately 85% of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $5,800,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. r 0 -= n =a Q 1 =. I ne amount or assistance Tor wnlcn a stuaent IS ellglDle IS aetermlnea wltn tne help and analysis of the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS). These analyses estimate the amount a student and family can provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. < How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission t o Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (EFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it t o the processing agency after January 1 but before March 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. (To be considered, use code 6500.) Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within three t o four weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent t o you. I 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. New Students - Early Decision This is for students who select Augsburg as their primary college choice. An Early Decision Candidate must apply by November 15 of the senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. 1. Early Decision Candidates applying for financial aid may wish t o complete the Early Decision Financial Aid Application, available by writing or calling the Admissions Office. This enables our Financial Aid Office to compute a preliminary award before the Family Financial Statement is filed. Candidates will be notified of their award by January 1. 2. For confirmation of the financial aid award package, with any necessary revision, the FFS (or FAF for non-Minnesota residents) must be completed after prior calendar year income information is available. This is after January 1 but before March 15. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS). Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged t o investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. Gift Assistance Presidents Scholarships - Full tuition Presidents Scholarships and half tuition College Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. Because this is a unified program, full tuition or half tuition is assured, since the College guarantees the difference between non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and the limit of the award. The award is renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special application is due January 15. Deans Scholarships - Full tuition and half tuition Deans Scholarships are awarded for each fall to the most academically qualified full-time students who are direct transfers t o Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or A.S. degree, having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due March 15. Lutheran Transfer Scholarhips - Up to seven scholarships are awarded for each fall to full-time students who have completed the A.A. or A.S. degree at a Lutheran junior college and are direct transfers to Augsburg College without further coursework at another institution. Awards of $500 are based on academic merit and are renewable for an additional year. Special application is due May 15. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available t o students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up t o full tuition and fees. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1984-85, they range from $100 to $3407. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1984-85 is $1900 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent t o the Pell Grant Program. Bureau of lndian Affairs/Tribal and lndian State Scholarships - American lndian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs, Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship monies. Students must be '/4 degree lndian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement all other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American lndian Program Director or your tribal agency. Loan Assistance National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) - JointAugsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $6,000. Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL) and Minnesota State Student Loans - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Beginning with loans for school periods starting September 13, 1983 and after, simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2500 per year with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $12,500. Applications are available at the college, some banks, and the Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan - Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program t o help parents meet college costs. Parents may borrow up to $3,000 per year with an aggregate maximum of $15,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a simple interest rate of 12% and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has an account. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just as scholarships, loans, and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. A l l on-campus w o r k is governed b y policies stipulated i n t h e w o r k contract issued t o t h e student employee f o r each placement. Payment is made monthly b y check t o t h e student employee. College W o r k Study Program and Minnesota State W o r k Study Program - Under these programs t h e federal o r state government supplies funds o n a matching basis w i t h t h e College t o provide some part-time w o r k opportunities. A i d Association f o r Lutherans W o r k Service Program - A special program of offcampus placement i n Lutheran congregations, w i t h w o r k assignments made at t h e discretion of t h e congregation, which will support t h e life and mission of t h e congregation. Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by t h e Student Affairs Committee unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of t h e department involved. Descriptions o f awards are f r o m statements 03 t h e donors' wishes. 'Indicates endowed scholarships General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships - a number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Established in 1973 by the foundation. Bremer Foundation Scholarships - awarded annually to students from towns and cities where Bremer banks are located. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to deserving junior/ senior students. Established in 1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1969 by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship' - awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upperclass students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship* - awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965 by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. JohnG.Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - awarded annually to freshmen students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a bequest of John C.Quanbeck. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* - awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship' - awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - awarded annually to able and deserving upperclassstudents who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966. Grace Jewellensen Buster Memorial Scholarshtp' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chrnese students who have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. EstabYished in 1983 by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel JensenBuster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to able and desewing student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife. David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship* - one or more ~holarshipsare awarded annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979 by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David 1. Fomo, 1464 alumnus. Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarhip* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass international students who have overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1981 by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Crace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973. Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to women students transferring from Waldorf College, with preferencegiven to those in music andJorelementary education. Established in 1975 in memory of Catha Jones, 1970 alumna, by her parents, Mr.and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge Program. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship - awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a senior student(s) who has successfully overcome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1977 to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who sewed his fellow men with humanity and wisdom. Minority Student Scholarships/Grants Aid Association for Lutherans Minority Scholarship Program - awarded annually to Lutheran American minority students who show financial need. The American Indian Achievement Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to an American Indian upperclass student(s) who has a cumulative gtrade point averageof 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984 by The Hearst Foundation. Homecoming Auction Scholarships - awarded annually to two students, one of whom must be a minority student, who have demonstrated ability to facilitate discussion about issues of social concern. Established in 1977 and funded by contributions to this annual event from faculty, staff and students. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978 by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion of sharing and loving people, especially her servtce to students. National Scholarship & Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by the American Lutheran Church) - members of American racial and ethnic minorities who are either seeking admission to an American Lutheran Church (ALC) college O R are members of an ALC congregation may be considered. Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memor~al Scholarship' - awarded perlodlcally to a tllack American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys JohnsonSimengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion & Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship* - awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981 by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship* - available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983 by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparingfor the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to an upperclass student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982 to honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg. lver and Marie lverson Scholarship' - awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957 by lver Iverson. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975 by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Cerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarhip* - awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarhip' - one or more scholarships are awarded annually to Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan I. 0. Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister as welt as his scholarly research and pioneer rhought concerningthe Apostle Paul's traditionally rnlsundemtood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal statcs for women. The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* - awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church. Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years. Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually to an able and deserv~ngjunior/sentor student recommended by the scholarhip committee. Semi-finalists are interviewed and selected by the donor, the Rev. Caivin 1. Storley. Established in 1965 to honor the memory of Marguerite Hamilton Storley and her interest and concern in the mission work of the Christian church. Morris G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund' - awarded annually to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The American Lutheran Church. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris C. C. Vaagenes. 04 1 Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown Prince Harald Scboiarship - Established by authorization d the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Nomay. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge-Amerika Fareningen. The Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. AugustMolder Memorial A r t Sctlofarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students majoring In art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friends in memory of Awgun Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College. Allen Russel Olson Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an uperclass student(s) majoring in Studio Arts, on the basis of need and artistic excellence. Established in 1984 by the family and Albert Hoffmeyer and friends, to honor the memory of Allen Russel Olson, an alumnus who was an accomplished artist, designer, photographer and writer. Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) partic~patingin the Augsburg College hockey program whose cumulative grade point average is below 3.2. Established in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a taIented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul Dahlen/Gerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and desewing male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen and friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College students. David Gronner Memarial Scholar5hip' - Awarded annually to two or more students,,participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or high Chr~st~an character. The athletic scholarship i s for a male candidate only, with a preference In basketball. Established in 3975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, CaroI, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character, and ability in athletics. Established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Row lordan Memorial Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annuaIly to uppercIass students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Edablished in 1980 by the William Jordanand Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler. Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship* - Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in Biology, Natural Science or Medical Technology. Business Adrninistration/Econornics Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* - Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassedwithin the Department of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984 by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. Reid Scholarship - Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students who are interested in business and/or education as a career. Established in 1970 by Harvey T. Reid. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chemistry. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemistry Scholarshipsa -Awarded annually to junior and senior fludents whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Mablished in 1968 by family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald A!dre Dr. W. M. Sandstram Carl Fosse Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen MinnesotaMiningand Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to Chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior/senior students majoring in Chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduate or professional school goals. Established in 7984 through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915 alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a Ph.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship' - Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. English Anne Pedcrmn English Sfhoiarship" -Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majonng in English, with preference given to those who ptan to teach English as a career. â¬stabtished in 1971 by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship' - Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Mimi Baez Kingley Modern Language Scholarship' - Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modern language, with preference given to those who plan to teach languag. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. fl N 1 Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983 by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to upperclass ijtudent(s) preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978 in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards*devotion and service in health care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Efsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship- Awarded annually t o a history major. Established in 1980 by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock. The Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness History Award - Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980 by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0. J. Haukeness. - 1 I I H. N. Hendricksan History Scholarship" Awarded annually to students majoring in history with preference given t o thwe who plan a career in the field, Established in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrirksan, professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952. Library Science Library Science Scholarship - Established in 1972 by library and library science instructional staffs to honor junior or senior students intending to enter the library profession. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship - Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics department. Minnegasco Scholarship - Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-Urban Studies - Joel and Franc= Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs' One or more schola~hipsare awarded annually t o upperclass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsbtlrg's Mission Statement relating to the Colfege's urban invofvernent. Established In 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends t o honor the setvice and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships - Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked ability in their major instrument or voice will receive free lessons in that major medium during the first two semesters of performance studies. - Awarded annually to two or more students parDavid Gronner Memorial Schlarship' ticipating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and/or are of high Christian character. Established in 1975 by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. EtheI Cronner in memory of David Cronner, Augsburg College alumnus. demonstrated proficiency inchoral and/or instrumental rhusic,.interest or potential in conducting, and promise of overall academic success. Established in 1966 by 0. I. Hertsgaard. Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship* -Awarded to upperclass students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975 by Leonard & Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. Edwin W. and Edith 0. Norberg Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg t o honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship' - Awarded annually to a sophomore/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953 by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior PerformanceScholarship which provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Marilyn Solbwg Voice kholatrhip' - Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major/minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 7955 by her parents, Mr. and ME. lver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble, and orchestra. John & Vera Thut Scholarship' - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students who have achieved excellence in music. Established in 1980 by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which was at Augsburg. Stuart West Memorial Scholarship* - awarded annually to a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumental music. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Physics Theodore I. Hanwick Physics Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in Political Science. Established in 1980 by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel. Scandinavian Studies - lver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship' Awarded annually to an upperclass studentls) with academic ab~liy,in the punuit of a degree with concentration in Scandinawan languages, literature, liistorj and/or culture. Established in 7983 by their children and their [amities and friends te honor lver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding anniversary. Sociology Adolph PauIson Memorial Prize' - Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 7936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930-35. 'Day in May'is a traditional break before final exams Student Life Your experiences in the classroom are an important part of your college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you will find the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to your education. Campus Ministry As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual, as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth i s evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students t o explore their own faith. Since our campus i s comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, Gospel teams, planning committees, retreats, Peace and Justice forums, Hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each Monday, Wednesday, and Friday t o give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged t o gradually change and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond one's years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the College Center to be readily available for counseling, consulation or information on ways to get more involved in the campus ministry. Student Government Student government is the vehicle through which students can secure a closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining t o student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring, except for freshmen who elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the student society in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, student-operated non-profit radio station sewing the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in the Mortensen Tower. P4 ,1 a Fine Arts There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available t o cover the entire range of musical styles and previous muscial experience. Several plays are given on campus each year under the direction of the theater arts department. Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division Ill. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, gymnastics, basketball, track & field, and softball. lntramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Activities A variety of interests are sewed by groups and clubs and by events sponsored by the student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or activity, contact the Student Activities Director. Student Services Augsburg College is concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes that the context in which learning takes place is a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more than intellectual endeavors. Expanding relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and interdependence, finding purpose and commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the desired educational impact of the college on its students. The Division of Student Affairs has been created to support this task. During the summer before your freshman year, or at the time of transfer, you will receive a copy of Augsburg Guide. This book will help you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to consider and different destinations for which to plan. Augsburg Guide was designed t o act as a sort of road map. Center for Student Development The Center for Student Development provides a variety of sewices to help make your journey as rich and meaningful as possible. Some of the opportunities you may wish to participate in are listed below. Summer Orientation. You can plan your first academic year and pre-register for classes. You and your parents get acquainted with classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with the campus. You stay in the dormitory, attend events in the metropolitan area and seek answers to your many questions about college life. ., Career Plannine and Placement. You mav be uncertain about where vou want to be when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a balanced one, or how work will provide opportunity for service and fulfillment. Augsburg has a four-year career development plan t o help you assess yourself, explore possibilities, test realities, and prepare for entry into the next phase of your life. All new students will have a chance to review their interests with a counselor. Job Service. Augsburg College maintains a referral service in the Placement Office, Center for Student Development, to help students find part-time, temporary, and summer employment off campus. Job Service initiates contact with employers in the area and the State Employment Service and acts as a clearinghouse to help match students and jobs. Human Development Seminars. A series of informal "mini-courses" are offered each year to help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive Educational Experiences in Relationships), Choosing a Major, Issues in Men's and Women's Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and Sexuality are available. Information on current offerings and opportunity to register are provided several times during the year. Academic Enrichment. You may want to improve your skills in such areas as reading, studying, note-taking, and testing by attending one or more of the workshops offered. You also will have an opportunity t o meet with a counselor to diagnose your needs. If a particular course proves difficult, you can arrange for tutoring through the Center. Counseling and Guidance. Sometimes students find it difficult to cope with relationships or situations which they encounter during their college experience. Counselors are available t o help students who are experiencing personal/interpersonal difficulties by providing individual and group counseling and a variety of personal growth groups. Learning for Living. A series of mini-classes designed for the person who has a desire to explore new interests, enhance leisure time, and meet others doing the same. This is a non-profit effort of the Student Activities program. Intercultural Center As a College in the city, committed to the values and insights of cultural diversity, Augsburg offers special advocacy and counseling for all minority students in close cooperation with administrators, faculty and community. At the present time these efforts concentrate in two major areas: American Indian Program. This program provides direct services and assistance in such areas as: recruitment and retention, admissions and financial aids procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and career counseling, tutoring, personal and crisis counseling, referrals and followup. The program provides advocacy in areas of health, child care and housing, input into the implementation of American Indian courses and liaison with the Intertribal Student Union. Black Student Program. Augsburg offers a Black student program which provides counseling, administrative support, and assistance with the admissions process. Black History Month, contact with the AfricanAmerican Museum of Art, and the Black Student Union are student affairs programs emphasizing Black heritage and participation. I*I The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are from or are interested in studying in other countries, and in planning activities and events to increase intercultural awareness of students, faculty and staff. r Foreign Study. If you are interested in study abroad, consult the faculty member who serves as Director of lnternational Programs to check on the many opportunities available. lnternational Students. Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of its students from countries outside the U.S. The Office of the lnternational Student Adviser helps t o orient and advise any student on a student visa, exchange program, or permanent resident status. The adviser handles information on immigration, work permits, and temporary status and arranges an American host for international students. See Augsburg Guide for information about the Cross-Cultural Club. Health Service Your health needs will be met by the staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Be sure t o check your family health coverage to determine if you are included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons, situated on the top floor of the College Center, is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chinwag, located on the ground floor of the Center, features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Residence Life Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed t o promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an active participant in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who are able to facilitate the process of group living as well as to discuss personal concerns with individual students. All freshmen and sophomores not living at home are required to live in college-operated housing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments during the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1 will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus are required to pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee i s credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students, two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower, the newest residence hall, is an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Zeta House is a spedal interst house for sophomores, juniors or seniors interested in living in a chernicalIy-free environment, Residents have either successfully completed chemical dependency treatment, are interested in chemical dependency issues, or simply desire to live in a house free of alcohol and drugs. A chemicallyfree section of Urness Tower is available for freshmen. Another alternative option is Annex Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try graup living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living-learning aspects of your housing situation i5to avail yourself of the opportunity to bid for a house as a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impart proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in mai-ters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by audents and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identifv appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates i n compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain t o them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letter5 and statements placed in the record before January 7, 1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Center for Student Development or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Communication Directory on page 151. - - George Sverdrup Library is a favorite place to study [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Academic Information Requirements for a degree from Augsburg College provide students with a broad liberal arts background - in the humanities, the natural sciences and the social sciences - and concentrated major study in one or more fields. Students are encouraged to plan their own course of study with the help of faculty advisers. Augsburg graduates are expected to be able to write effectively, to be knowledgeable about urban concerns, and to have some understanding of cultures outside the United States. General recreational activities courses acquaint students with and equip them for lifetime spons. Courses in religion assist in reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through study of its beliefs, scripture, and mission. Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees, The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded t o graduates with majors in Music Performance. Majars in Music Education are awarded the B.M. or B.A. degree. Graduates with majors in athw fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a +week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration). january Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty t o employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, there are a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many lnterim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). Faculty Augsburg has an able faculty with a long-standing tradition of taking a personal interest in their students. The student-faculty ratio is approximately 15.9 to 1. Faculty members serve as academic advisers and are available for help on individual problems. All students are assigned a faculty adviser to help in planning their programs and approving their choice of courses. Faculty members are listed in each departmental listing, with further information in the Augsburg College Faculty section of the Registers. Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place t o study. The main library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicated staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other tocat sources of information, Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings i s available for faculty and students. Equipment such as movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. Computer Resources Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with numerous terminals at several campus locations. The College also has numerous microcomputers, including Apple Il's, CDC '110'5, Osborne 1's KIM-1 laboratory micr~computers,and a Tektronix 4051 graphics microcomputer. Augsburg also has access to Farge computers through the University of Minnesota. Academic Organization and Programs Divisions and Departments The college curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities - Eugene Skibbe (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Natural Science and Mathematics - Kenneth N. Erickson (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences - Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies - Roberta Metzler (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Majors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administratian (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration Elementary Education Engineering2 English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Mathematics Medical Technology3 (B.S.) Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.A. or B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theater Arts Transdisciplinary Minors available at Augsburg are: Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Library Science Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 Scandinavian Area Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theater Arts It is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. 1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japanese and Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University. 3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern Hospital Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in Kindergarten-Elementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (Grades 5-9), Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major($. Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art - requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting t o teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification - is designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed t o meet or exceed criteria used in The American Lutheran Church certification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. Women's Studies Certification - may be earned by completing six courses focusing on women's perspectives. Each individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences, humanities, or other academic areas focusing on women. Interested students should contact the program chairperson. Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan t o enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field t o assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, 2 courses; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering - This program provides a course of study which enables students to com~leteintroductorv core reauirements in mathematics. science and the libe'ral art; necessary for e&ineerini Some students in the prigram choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual-degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student t o earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual-degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students planning t o pursue a career in law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools, and consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel. Students may wish to take the political science course, Law in the United States, t o help determine whether they posess an interest in law. Since law schools encourage students t o maintain a high grade point average, the pre-law student should be aware that many graduate schools consider the grade P given for a course as a C. Pre-Medicine - Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the biology and chemistry departments have majors specially designed for premedical students. Both require CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106), MAT 124, 125; and PHY 121, 122. The Chemistry major also requires CHM 353, 361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The Biology major also requires BIO 111, 112, 491 and one from each of three groups (351, 353, 361), (355, 473, 474), (440, 471, 476), with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed t o meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires a year of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111, 112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 122; ENG 111 and a second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121, 122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary - A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, 2 courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1 course; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352, 353; BIO 111, 112; PHY 121, 122; economics, 1 course; 2 courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theater, or upper division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Augsburg's library works with a collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities - Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect t o participate in the cooperative program t o gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. Fairview Deaconess Hospital Affiliation - Students in the Fairview Deaconess Hospital School of Nursing receive instruction in biology, chemistry and other basic courses at Augsburg. Applications for admission should be made directly to the hospital. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - This group is composed of colleges and universitiesin Minnesota, South Dakota and Wisconsin. Planned activities include innovative curricular programs for students, interchange and sharing of academic personnel and other college resources, cooperative research projects, foreign study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban affairs conference, and development of programs consistent with the needs and resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest. Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed t o train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken both on the Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Computer Programming - Augsburg and Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the equivalent of three courses in computer programming taken at CDI to Augsburg College. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of internationalexperience are available to Awgsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on International Study at Augsburg from the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of students who may study abroad each year it is wise t o apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes t o participate in an international program. The deadline is March 1 of the preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs - Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spending January and February in intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs - Augsburg students may take part in the Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (Oslo), the South American Urban Semester (Bogota), or the Literature Ideology, and Society in Latin America. All are interdisciplinary and stress cross cultural comparison in development and planning, including study tours to other nations in their respective regions. lnterim - Study abroad during the interim is planned for each year. See listings under the Augsburg lnterim Catalog and in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the following January. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program - Augsburg College International Business Program offers students the opportunity t o spend a year of study in London, Paris (American College), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business requires Business Administration courses taken at Augsburg and international core courses studied at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-International Business. Program in Global Community - Augsburg's 3% month livingllearning program based in Cuernavaca, Mexico, focuses on the study of issues related to global justice and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. Includes intensive Spanish instruction, group trips, home stay with a family, and cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent t o full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. Student Project for Amity Among Nations - Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countries are selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarships t o enable them t o spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications t o the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study abroad o n a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester or Year Abroad - Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; the University of York, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland; the University o f Seville, Spain; and the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France. Summer School - There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish t o spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. Honors Program The Honors Program at Augsburg provides opportunities for qualified students to pursue an enriched and distinctive course of study. Special seminars, colloquia, social events and options in completing the general education requirements are all parts of the Honors Progmm. Inquiries should be addressed t o Dr. Diane Pike, Honors Director. Internships and Cooperative Education I I These are college-wide programs that provide students in almost all fields of study an opportunity to gain practical on-the-job experience that can be related to their academic program or personal interests. Placements are available with a variety of companies, agencies and community organizations. For further information, contact Patricia Anne Parker, Associate Academic Dean, for internships, or Garry W. Hesser, Director of Cooperative Education. Augsburg Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited t o selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (concentrations in management, marketing, finance, accounting, and management information systems), Communication (concentrations in public relations/advertising, human relations and supervisory management), Nursing, and Social Work. Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers a number of courses,both credit and non-credit, through its Continuing Education Program. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses are offered on a semester-hour basis, the courses vary in length from four weeks to fourteen weeks. Students wishing to know more about Augsburgs continuing education offerings should call or write the Office of the Associate Dean. Academic Policies and Procedures Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four courses a semester and one course in the interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office t o petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the lnterim Office, Summer School Office, and Weekend College Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar - Science 114, for Fall and Spring terms Interim Office - Memorial 230, for lnterim Summer School Office - Memorial 230, for Summer School Weekend College Office - Memorial 329, for Fall, Winter and Spring trimesters of Weekend College. Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the fall for the spring and during the spring for the fall. All students must confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not t o abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of the College. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office. * 3 = 0 - .-t! A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. -5 ' .j tu 3 1 . U Q) Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. 4 1 All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior t o the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incomp l e t e ~or open courses on the academic record). 1. Completion of 35 courses. At least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not moreahan 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) courses; 2 courses by independent/ directed study; 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (P) also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; 1 in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. / 2'2. Completion of a major. ,Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged.( -\ 3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required in all courses taken and in courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 4. Residence The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 5. Distribution requirements (See below) Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department-of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts (devoted t o the study of literature) Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science History-Philosophy Art-Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111 level of a foreign language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. Religious Studies - Three -approved courses in religious studies, of which not more than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg, Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registar's Office. Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports. Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 t o 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0, Students are cautioned t o use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements. Cemin courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several interim courses are graded only on the PIN grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111 i s graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wFsh t o use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice or grading system must be made accarding to dares published each term. A fee i s charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performance below basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the caw of extreme emergency. 60 receive it, a studerrt must file a petition with the Carnrnittee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission i s granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. A grade of X may be given for an independent or directed study course or internship that is to be spread over more than one semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record. If X is given, the course must be registered for as 1X in the following term in order that credit and a grade may be assigned. A course in which a grade of 0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit, but may be audited. All courses taken remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit 0.Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term t o determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed t o the Office of the Registrar. Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, i s appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1) it is relevant t o coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by The College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams are available for students t o use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department t o administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request t o take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study directly related t o the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish t o prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's prev?ouslearning, the CAP Committee applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition t o the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. There is an application deposit (applicable to transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied t o the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied t o graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response t o a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised t o withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. A student will be placed on probation under these conditions: Freshman - below 1.6 cumulative GPA or 2 zero grades, having taken fewer than 7 courses. Sophomore - below 1.7 cumulative GPA or 3 zero courses, having taken 7 but fewer than 16 courses. Junior - below 1.9 cumulative GPA having taken 16 but fewer than 25 courses. Senior - below 2.0 cumulative GPA having taken 25 or more courses. A student will be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for earning 2 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes t o sophomore, they have not earned additional zero grades, and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for earning 3 zero grades will be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Each student on the Dean's List receives a certificate and, if permission is given, an announcement is sent t o the hometown newspaper. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 t o 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up t o but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Independent/Directed Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficient background and preparation in a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Some departments also offer an opportunity for directed study on a lower division level. A student who registers for directed or independent study should normally expect to complete it in one semester but may extend it into the next term by permission of the instructor. In such cases, a grade of X is given at the end of the first term, and the student will register again for the course t o receive the final grade. bruaenrs lnreresrea In reglsrerlng ror alrectea or rnaepenaent stuay must rlrst secure permission from the faculty who will direct the study. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-register for independent studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the independent study is proposed is not available on th.eir home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached. Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms in which they did not earn at least three courses per term, the minimum for classification as full-time students. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veteran's Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. Students use computers for many courses [Photos by john Louis Anderson] - At Augsburg, a business major can take an art class [Photo by john Louis Anderson) Departments, Course Descriptions Course descriptions are listed by department or interdisciplinary program. The descriptions are brief summaries of topics to be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and requirementsfor individual courses, students should consult the instructors. Courses and terms listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/or Spring terms, unless another frequency is specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses offered in January Interim, Summer School and Augsburg Weekend College are published in separate catalogs. A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numberin % Courses num ered below 300 are lower division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses in the 100s areprimarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300s juniors, and 400s seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there is prior approval of a professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Art (ART) Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman D. Holen, Dorothy J . Williamson Majors in Studio Art, Art History and Teaching Ucensure are taught by a faculty committed t o teaching, creativity and research in the field. Among the programs available are departmental honors, art exhibitions, independent study and internships in museum and gallery work, communications, graphic design and cornmunrty cultural arts. Facilities include large work areas; t w o exhibition galleries, an art history slide library, a curatorial room and a stained glass studio. Students are encouraged t o acquire broad experience in general education along with a wide variety of art studies and one or more selected areas of concentration. Studio Art Major: 9-1 3 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118, 223, 360) and one in 3-dimensional art (150, 221, 250). Majors are required t o begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with portfolio o n approval by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102, 107, 225; Studio 118, 132, 150, 221, 223 and 250 plus a second course in t w o areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with Department of Education for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including one from 102, 107 o r 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majam: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development andlor special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made t o the department chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8 art courses, including one in art history. U p t o four courses may b e taken i n one studio area or i n art history. Foundations in Studio Art Courses 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world d n g . Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring d e i g n problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictorial images. Studio Art Courses 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. camera. (Spring) 150 jewelry An introduction to-the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. You learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. 242 Film Making Film making through practical laboratory experience. Discussion and observation of the expressive and structural elements of film. (On Demand) 247 Life Drawing See Interim Catalog 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 330 Visual Communications II A study of visual communications in magazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. (Prereq.:225) 351 Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:250) 355 Painting 11 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.:118) 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. (Alternate years) 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and woodcut. (Prereq.:223) 399 Internship Consult chairperson or internship director to determine project. 478 Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.:221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. Art History Courses 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modern times. (Spring 1985) 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. (Alternate years, Spring 1985) 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, 14th to 18th century. (Alternate years, Fall 1984) 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. (Alternate years, 1985-86) 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th centurv art and its relations hi^ to Eurooean art as well as indieenous " movements. (Alternate years, 1985-86) Biology (BIO) Neal Thorpe (Chairperson), Robert S. Herforth, Roberta Lammers, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud The department offers programs to equip students for graduate and professional study as well as for a variety of career opportunities presently available t o the biologist. Complementing the course offerings, the department possesses an impressive array of sophisticated laboratory instruments including a gas chromatograph, a scintillation counter, and an electron microscope. and faculty t o have access t o extensive library and research facilities and seminars discussing the frontiers of biological research. Major - Option 1: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of three groups: (1) 351, 353, 361, 481; (11) 355, 473, 474; (111) 440, 471, 476; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily choose this major. Major - Option 2: 9 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one course from each of five groups: (1) 351, 353; (11) 355, 474; (111) 361, 481; (IV) 471, 473; M 440, 476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 7061, 351 and 352, Students who plan t o teach in secondary schaols ohen s e t m this major. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires three courses in earth and life sciences. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Biology Major: Option I major. In addition, medical schools usually require CHM 353. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and three upper division courses; CHM 115, 116 (or 105, 106). 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture, 1-112 hours discussion section. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor, Spring) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certain other paramedical students, or consent of instructor; Spring for Physical Education, Music Therapy and other interested students. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our wciety must deal? What threats are posed by poilution, the prospect of war. and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor.) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 109 and concurrent registration in CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Spring. Does not apply to the major or minor) 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodically through Aup5burg'~Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted aff campus with community pmpfe taking the course together with college students in a ca-fearning mode[. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Does not apply to the major or minor. 111, 112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 323 Experimental Human Physiology A laboratory-based course in which the principles of human function are learned by experimentation and class discussion of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended for students in nursing, medical technology, corrective therapy, health, physical education and related programs as well as biology majors (primarily Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 103 or 112. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1986) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, Spring) 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, 1985-86) 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) 399 lnternship Upper division internship. 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring 1985) 471 Cellular Biology A study correlating cell function with ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, cell physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 103 or 122 orconsent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1985) 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Fall 1985) 481 Ecology A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112, 361 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1984) 491 Seminar Oral presentations and written papers relating to recent biological literature and research. (For seniors majoring in biology, Fall) 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) Business Administration & tconomlcs Amin Kader (Chairperson), Roger Allerson, Walter Anastas, James E. Billings, John Cerrito, John Cosgrove, Anne Fosse, Satya Gupta, Gary Hovind, Robert Kramarczuk, Roy H. LaFayette, Thomas Morgan, Mohammed Nouri, Edward M. Sabella The department is committed t o developing within t h e student a blend o f theoretical and practical tools necessary f o r successful entry and advancement i n the business and academic communities. T o this end, t h e department affords specialization i n a variety of areas including: Accounting, Economics, Finance, International Business, Management, M a n a g e m e n t I n f o r m a t i o n Systems, a n d Marketing. Each o f these areas is dependent u p o n a strong foundation i n the liberal arts w i t h an emphasis o n solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing t h e occupational realities of t h e business and economic disciplines, t h e department is equally c o m m i t t e d t o m a i n t a i n i n g a n application o r i e n t e d balance. This is achieved i n part b y fostering close ties w i t h t h e corporate community, which i n t u r n provides a wealth of practical expertise and a w i d e variety o f internship opportunities as well as future j o b prospects. W e believe w e can best serve b o t h t h e community and t h e student b y providing training that is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration (BUS) Major in Accounting: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261,262, 263,379,381, and 483 or 484); 4 Economics courses (122,123,251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper division courses are required. For those planning careers i n accounting, completion of the t w o remaining courses i n the sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Finance: 9 Business Administration courses (101,102,131,261, 262,373, 379, 478, and one from 381, 382, 483); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, and one from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper division courses are required. ECO 392, MAT 114 and courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Management: 10 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 145, 250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340,445); PHI 120; PSY 371,373; SOC 241 and 375 or 383; SPC 111 or ENG 223; SPC 354 or 355. MAT 114 is strongly recommended. Major i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 145, 250, 261, 375, 475,479); 4 Economics courses (122, 123, 340 or 445,379); MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124); 4 Computer Science courses (240, 340, 350, 352). Major i n Marketing: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 135, 250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); PHI 120; SPC 351 or 352 and also 353. MAT 114 is strongly recommended. Major i n lnternational Business: 8 Business Administration courses (101, 102,131, 135,261 and 399 or 499 and t w o from 381,382,484); 3 Economics courses (122, 123, 379); POL 160; 3 language courses (or demonstrated proficiency) from one of the following: Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish; 1 History course (coordinated with the foreign language courses) from 103, 104, 222, 322, 323, 324, 331, 332, 440, 474; 8 lnternational Core courses, including internship or independent study. Core courses must be taken abroad. Exceptions may be permitted with department approval. General descriptions follow. Students who plan t o major i n lnternational Business should contact the department's international adviser, Amin Kader, as soon as possible t o carefully plan their program of study. lnternational Core Courses - Required Comparative Business Law - Advanced discussion of business law including the comparison of U.S. and European laws governing corporations, partnerships and foreign investment; European business regulations; tax laws; etc. European Marketing - Factors affecting consumer demand and methods of satisfying it; structure of the European market; market analysis and sales management; pricing policies; distribution systems; planning of marketing operations. Emphasis will be placed on comparison with marketing activities in the U.S. Import-Export Operations - The practical, technical and procedural aspects of import and export business operations. The successive steps in the promotional, organizational and financial development of international sales and purchases, including an analysis of international trade terms, sales terms, documentation and governmental regulations. Multinational Corporation - Comparative study of the methods of organizing and managing the multinational enterprise. Topics include: organization structure; subsidiaries and parent company; organizational behavior; management policy; comparative industrial relations; comparative tax laws; optimization principles in the international setting. lnternational Core Courses - 3 t o be Elected Economics of the Developing Countries - Source of economic backwardness and obstacles to economic growth. Analysis of specific problems such as population pressure, land reform, lack of capital, foreign trade imbalance, foreign investment, colonialism. European Common Market - EEC; political will: objectives, implications; forms of economic integration; freedom of factor movements; agricultural policies; European path to monetary integration; energy, regional, and social policy; regulation of transport; industrial policy; current membership negotiations. lnternational Economic Institutions - Regional economic integration and the relation of domestic and international policies. lnternational monetary cooperation. international Economic Policies - The economic factors in diplomacy; tariff techniques and problems; commercial bargaining; foreign investment problems; economic aspects of economic development; regional integration techniques and problems; foreign aid policies; exchange rate policies. Theory of lnternational Finance - The relevance of international finance; participants in the international payments xene; balance of international payments; spot market and forward market for foreign exchange; exchange rate systems; international liquidity; the impact of international payments nn the domestic price level; employment and the performance of monetary policy. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor i n Business Administration: 6 courses, including 101, 102, and one of 261, 373, 379,478 and one of 262, 379, 381; ECO 122 and 123. Other configurations for the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. M i n o r i n Management Information Systems (MIS): 8 courses, including 101, 250, 261,375,475; ECO 123; MAT 174 or CSC 170 (170 would require MAT 124; CSC 240). C.P.A. Certification: Graduates who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior t o fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all accounting and business law courses offered. Students who have completed the above requirements are qualified under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination immediately after graduation. Notes: Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition t o the courses listed below, these have been offered under BUS 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, and Discrete Event Simulation. - 101 Principles of Financial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 102 Principles of Managerial Accounting lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101) 131 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. 135 lntroduction to Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (Fall) 145 Fundamentals of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. (Fall) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 250 Data Processing, COBOL and FORTRAN An introduction to COBOL and FORTRAN programming. 261 Fundamentals of Finance Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: 102) 262 lntermediate Accounting I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: 101, Fall) 263 lntermediate Accounting II A continuation of lntermediate Accounting I.An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible assets, liabilities and stockholders' equities. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: 262, Spring) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 330 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: 135, Spring) 340 Personnel Administration Personnelfunction in business, acquisition and utilizationof human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: 145 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 373 Financial Management: Theory and Cases Advanced financial theory: a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: 261) 375 lnforrnation Systems in the Organization Design and implementation of organizational structure and structural change. An informational processing point of view to examine design of communication, decision making and task systems. (Prereq.: 250) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.) 381 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: 101, 102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor) 382 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq.: 101,102, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring) 399 Internship . Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some industrial organization. In addition the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 430 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: 330, Junior or Senior, or consent of instructor. Spring) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, Randards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: 145, Junior or Senior or consent of instructor) 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design The process of defining information requirements, construction of a logical &ode1 of information system and the preparation of a general design. Discussion of the procedures to define program specifications, documentation, and plan implementation. 478 Investments and Financial Institutions Appraisal of the riskireturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 261. ECO 392 is strongly recommended. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 479 lntermedlate quantltatlve Methods tor Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statis~icalresearch methods through use of the eledronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: 379 or equivalent, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. On demand) 483 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Junior or Senior or consent of instructor. Fall) 484 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: 263, Junioror Senior or consent of instructor. Spring) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with me~mbersof the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of Accounting, Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Economics (ECO) Major in Economics: 8 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and three other upper division); BUS 101, 102, 379; MAT 114. MAT 373 may be substituted for BUS 379. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study i n economics. I n addition, courses i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended. Major i n Applied Economics: 9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper division); BUS 101,102,379,479; PHI 130; MAT 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. MAT 211 is strongly recommended. MAT 373 may be substituted for BUS 379. The student is strongly encouraged t o take other Economics courses in addition t o those listed above. Combined Major i n Economics - Business Administration: 5 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division); 6 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 261, 373, 379 and one upper division). Courses i n data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The student is very strongly encouraged t o take additional courses both in business administration and economics. Honors Major: GPA of 3.50 i n the major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination i n the major field of concentration. Minor i n Economics: 122, 123, 251, 258 and one upper division course. Other configurations may be permitted o n consultation w i t h t h e department chairperson. Notes: In addition t o the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics, and Business Advanced Economic Theory and Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains. ECO 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Students who plan to major in the department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser: as soon as possible in order t o carefully plan their program of study. 120 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population ""Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above-mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open to non-majors.) 122 Principles of Economics (Macro) An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 123 or 120. 122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to the other courses. 123 Principles of Economics (Micro) An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 122 or 120.122 and 123 may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 251 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: 123) 258 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall) 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 340 Managerial Decision Making Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: 123, BUS 101 and high school algebra or equivalents. Spring) 379 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: High School Algebra.) 391 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: 122,123. Fall) 392 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring) 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend some time working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his or her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 442 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 445 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: 251 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Spring) 453 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: 251, 258 and at least MAT 122 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand) 454 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 251 or consent of instructor. On Demand) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods through use of the electronic computer. This course stresses the understanding of statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be presented in the course are: Computer Programming Techniques; Statistical Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: BUS 379 or equivalent or consent of instructor. On Demand) 295, 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 499 Independent Study The student may earn independent study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him or her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry (CHM) Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin Gyberg, John R. Holum, Sandra Olmsted The goal of the department is to have our students develop into better scientists. Therefore, significant changes must occur in what they understand and know in the field of chemistry, how they think and approach scientific problems, and how they act in experimental work, in communicating their results, and in interacting with others. The department is on the list of approved schools of the American Chemical Society, which has approved its total program. Students who complete the ACS major are competitive with their peers of the same ability in graduate school, chemical positions, or medical school. The approved program also meets the requirements for the chemistry background required by many related fields. The department provides opportunity for widening students' intellectual horizons, for developing insight into a field of science for non-majors, and for learning in an atmosphere which encourages students to remain lifelong learners. Graduation Major in Chemistry: 115, 116, (or 105, 106) 351, 352, 353, 361, 363 and one advanced course which may include Biochemistry; participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Since upper division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year. American Chemical Society Approved Major: 12 courses including 115, 116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399,497,499), Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 224; PHY 121, 122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent t o one semester and computer proficiency are also required. Teaching Major: Physical Science Emphasis - Chemistry Major: Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106); 3 courses in earth and life sciences; CHM 351, 352, 353, 361, 363, 364, 482, 491 (BIO 367 may be substituted for 364); PHY 245. Students are advised t o consult with the Education department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 over-all; one summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courses which must include 115, 116 (or 105, 106), 353 and two other chemistry courses above 300 (except 399). BIO 367 may be one of the courses. Notes: Credit will not be granted for both 105 and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Most courses in this department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement I n 105 o r 115 IS determined by t h e score o n t h e Mathematics Placement Examination. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116; designed especially for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 351,353. Concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: math placement. 105, Fall; 106, Spring) 109, 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109 and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. 109, Fall; 110, Spring) 115, 116 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, math placement. 115, Fall; 116, Spring) 199 lnternship Lower division internship. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 351, 352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and reactor mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1 four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall) 361, 364 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121, 122; MAT 124, 125. 361, Fall; 364, Spring) 363, 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1/2 course each) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in9hysical Chemistry lecture. 363 is to be taken the first half of the spring semester and involves experiments related to 361. 365 i s to be taken the second half of the semester by all persons taking 364. 399 lnternship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3 hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3 hours lecture, 1 four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor. Spring) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor. Fall) 483 .Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). (Junior standing). 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via independent study. Uunior Standing) East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen (Director) This program offers two options: 1. Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepanmental program which provides a foundation lor careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Harnline University. There also is a contractual arradgement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japaneselanguage courses. Opportunitim for language study abroad are available in japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hongkong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the W.5, See the director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible t o take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Major in East Asian Studies - 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; 2 courses in History; 2 courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of approved electives. Minor in East Asian Studies - 5 courses, including 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; 1 course in history of East Asia; and 2 upper division courses in cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. 2. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed t o be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies - 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322, 323, 324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 241; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and one from HIS 226, 399, 495, 499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related t o the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under Department of History) 299 Directed Study (See Director of program) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under Department of History) 323 Modern China (See under Department of History) 324 Modern japan (See under Department of History) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Department of Political Science, Comparative Politics and Analysis) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Department of Political Science, International Politics) 382 Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Department of Political Science, Political Theory and Analysis) 399 Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an internship) 474 The World and The West (See under Department of History) 495 Seminar (See Director of program) 499 Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics Education Barry Franklin, Chairperson, Sheldon P. Fardig, Marie McNeff, Lauretta E. Pelton Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education and Secondary Education. Students interested in attaining licensure in any of these areas or in pursuing the study of education as a liberal discipline will find opportunities in the department, where programs combine the study of educational theory with practice in actual school settings. Students wishing t o become licensed teachers are advised t o consult with the Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring to Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, it is within the jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments to determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as applicable t o requirements of the approved teacher licensure programs at Augsburg College. Students who wish t o register for student teaching must have been admitted t o the Education Department. Students are advised to apply for admission in the spring semester of the sophomore year, during or after the Orientation course. Students transferring from an education program at another college must be readmissible to that program. Elementary Education (EDE) Marie McNeff (Coordinator) Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255, 341, 351, 352, 381, 382, 383, 384, 386, 481, 482, 483; HPE 114, 115; SWK 260; a college level mathematics course; academic minor (major recommended); GPA of 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses required for licensure; fulfill requirements of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The professional semester, for juniors, includes 341, 352, 381, 382, 384, 386. (341, 381, 382, 383, 384 are 112 courses) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Kindergarten-Elementary) Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295, 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower division independent study. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Fall) 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265 or consent of instructor. Spring) 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265. Fall) 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Science (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten A study of the kindergarten program, exploration of materials, and review of teaching approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. (Prereq.: a teaching license at the elementary level. Summer I) 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, Language Arts Examination and preparation of materials and resources for Children's Literature and Language Arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Spring) 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education) 481, 482, 483 Student Teaching I K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 484 Student Teaching II K-6 Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 481, 482, 483) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary education faculty. Prekindergarten Education (EDE) This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson. Licensure Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus 325, 425, 160 hours of student teaching; PSY 351; SOC 231. For a Prekindergarten license with other than an education major, consult with the department chairperson. 325 Contemporary Influences in Prekindergarten Education Focus on the young child as a person and the importance of the early years in relation to the effects of present day society and culture on the child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations, and other interventions and compensatory programs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring) 425 Prekindergarten Curriculum Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment, parental involvement, and working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessions and two hours per week of lab experience in a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall) Secondary Education (EDS) Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator) It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition t o conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements o f the State o f Minnesota f o r teaching i n secondary schools are met through t h e Augsburg College Education Department licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major i n an approved teaching area; 265, 354, 388, 478, methods course($ i n major area, 481, 482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.0 overall, 2.0 i n education courses, 2.5 i n academic major and P i n student teaching. Application for and acceptance i n t o t h e Augsburg licensure program required. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing f o r licensure i n o n e o f these areas follows t h e secondary education program even though h e o r she plans t o teach at t h e elementary school level. A person w i t h a major i n o n e o f these special areas will take three courses i n student teaching and d o some student teaching at b o t h t h e secondary and elementary levels. I n addition t o 354, the art major will register for 361, 362; the Physical Education major f o r 365; and the music major for 373. Art and Physical Education teacher education programs lead t o licensure f o r grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead t o licensure i n the following areas: I - B a n d (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2-Orchestra (K-12) and classr o o m music (5-12); 3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); o r 4-Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), achievement o f at least "good" i n t h e listening, speaking, and reading parts of the M o d e r n Language Association proficiency tests is required. The candidate will take t h e MIA tests before undertaking student teaching. Results will b e recorded i n t h e candidate's permanent file i n t h e Department o f Education. The Professional Term: School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly i n one full-time term i n professional education. Attendance at special afternoon o r evening seminars is also required. A student w h o elects t o take just t w o courses i n student teaching may take o n e course i n independent study at this time. All students are expected t o b e involved full-time i n t h e activities of t h e professional term. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295, 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring) 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materialsand issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (Fall) 364 English Methods (1/2 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) 366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) 374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall) 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring) 376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring) 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring) 388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnemta for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. 410 Health Methods (See HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program) 478 School and Society The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior standing) 481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and program approval) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Special Education (EDE, EDS) Barry Franklin (Coordinator) Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282, 491; PSY 351, 357; one course chosen from HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim) or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and one course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course. 282 lntroduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prereq.: Completion of courses for special education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. (Fall) Library Science (LIB) This program is under review. Contact the department chairperson. Minor: Minimum of 4% courses, including 341, 345, 358, 359, 475. 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See under Elementary Education) 345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration Organization of materials, including acquisition, cataloging, classification, and processing. Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall) 358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and guidance in use of print and non-print materials. (Fall) 359 Reference Sources and Services Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn how to select and evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; how to find information and use libraries effectively. (Spring) 399 Internship Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of library situations in the metropolitan area. 475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondan/ school level, with attention to their use in relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents. (Spring) 499 lndependent Study lndependent study and research on some topic of interest in the field of library service, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with department approval. Engineering Ken Erickson (Adviser) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities t o allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota lnstitute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. University of Minnesota - The lnstitute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: 1. Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (B.A.1B.E.) which enables students t o receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the lnstitute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the lnstitute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. 2. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A.1M.E.) which enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the lnstitute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A.1B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A.1M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the lnstitute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A.1 M.E. program are not guaranteed admission t o the lnstitute of Technology. Washington University - Three-Two Plan Michigan Technological University - Dual Degree Plan These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program are guaranteed admission to the engineering school, provided they have met course requirements, have a B average, and are recommended by the ~ n ~ i n e e rAdviser in~ of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged t o apply t o the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or Three-Two Programs: CHM 115,116; CSC 170; ENG 111; MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121, 122; additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 and PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351, 352. English (ENG) Ronald C. Palosaari, (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Timothy Blackburn, John Gidmark, Walter Howerton, John R. Mitchell, Catherine C. Nicholl, Richard B. Sargent, David Wood The English department offers courses in literature, writing, and film. Regular offerings are supplemented by topics courses and interim courses. The department sponsors the literary magazine, Murphy Square, and holds a weekly program, Words'worth on Wednesday, devoted to language and literature. Many students gain practical experience in writing and teaching through internships. Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged t o take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts: 10 courses, including those listed for the major and a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111, 351, 352, 354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required t o gain practical experience in teaching writing, t o be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation t o Education in the fall term of the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an adviser in the Department of Education. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to department chairperson early in senior year, defend honors thesis before faculty committee in senior year. Honors thesis may be an independent study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including one in British literature and one writing course. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an independent study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. Note on Prerequisites: 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a lower division literature course. Prerequisite for an upper division course is successful completion of a lower division literature course or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for Effective Writing for students identified by an examination as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing skills will be given. Students will write short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N grading only. 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. In order to hold a place in the course the student must either attend class the first day or personally notify the instructor that s/he cannot be present. 199 Internship Lower division internship. 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouragedto use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111 or equivalent) 225 Advanced Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which student's papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the student's preference. 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the semester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. (Spring) 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Coethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, and Comedy. 299 Directed Study Independent study for lower division credit. 331 Chaucer and His Age While the primary study of the course will be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer, attention will be given to the medieval literary milieu out of which Chaucer wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and drama may be examined. (Alternate years, 1984-85) 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1985-86) 336 British Literature, from Donne to Blake Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1984-85) 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. 498 lndependent Study - Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. 499 lndependent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. 1 Foreign Languages !I 7 Mary A. Kingsley (Chairperson), Ruth L. Aaskov, Leif E. Hansen, Mary E. Johnson, Gunta Roientals, Natalia Sich, Donald Steinmetz The study of foreign languages breaks down barriers of space and time. It permits i us to reach beyond the boundaries of the English-speakingworld t o communicate with other peoples, t o share their experience of being human. In short, our world becomes larger, richer, and less provincial. : b : The study of linguistics seeks to penetrate the secrets of language, to reveal the : operation of the communicating mind. It is in these ways that the study of foreign languages and linguistics is central to a humanistic education. . 1 b Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited t o their level of preparation. Placement is according t o the number of semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111; 3-4 = 112; 5-6 = 211; 7-8 = 212; 9 or more = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the chairperson. 5 Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to take a course below the one in which they are placed by the department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. , Basic Requirements: Majors must take four of the upper division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the upper division courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite t o all upper division courses. [ Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended. See department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program. Methods courses by language are joint ACTC offerings and should be taken in the fall of the senior year. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Modern Language Association Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking departmental honors must apply early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis demonstrating ability in independent study for one course credit. Consult department chairperson for details. Chinese Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. French (FRE) Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311, 312, 331 o r 332, 350 o r 355, 351 o r 353, 450 o r equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, o n e i n civilization, and o n e i n literature. Interim, summer, o r semester i n France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 upper division courses beyond 212, including o n e i n conversation-composition, 350, o n e i n civilization. Study i n France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim catalog. 01 1 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring, On Demand) 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the French language and culture to the student with one year or less of high school French study. Aims to develop four skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Classroom practice in understanding, speaking, and reading basic French. Four class meetings a week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall) 112 Beginning French For those who have had 111 or equivalent. Through conversations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and forms is completed to make possible basic communication, beginning reading skills, and acquaintance with French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Spring) 199 Internship Lower division internship. 21 1 lntermediate French 20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the basis for practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing. For those who have studied most of the basic structures. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall) 212 lntermediate French Through articles, interviews and literary readings this course works toward the goals of oral fluency, communication of ideas, and the acquisition of sufficient skills to pursue general reading in French. Completes a review of basic structures. Lab